{"title":"Collars","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-26-9mm","title":"Black Key Clamp Slide-Over Locking Ring for 26.9mm Tube, Support Collar, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA plain black collar that clamps to a 26.9mm tube with one grub screw, to stop another fitting sliding down it or to carry extra weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it onto the tube, push it up tight under the fitting above, and tighten the screw. It is the simple fix for a shelf, clothes rail or display arm that creeps down a black tube upright under load. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube and fittings for shop, café and home fit-outs indoors. The price shown is for one ring, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-locking-ring-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp slide-over locking ring, 24mm wide along the tube with one grub screw\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a locking ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second grip under a loaded fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every key clamp holds by its grub screw biting into the tube. On shelving and rails carrying heavy stock, that load can be more than one screw should hold. A locking ring clamped directly underneath takes the extra weight, so the fitting above cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops turning fittings from sliding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivels and collars left loose to rotate can still drop down the tube; a ring under them keeps them at height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and black.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain black collar looks like part of the frame, not a repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost and quick.\u003c\/strong\u003e One screw, no drilling, and it can be added to a frame at any time, as long as you can slide it on from the tube end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack tube shelving in shops, cafés and homes, clothes and display rails carrying heavy stock, room divider frames, workbench and desk frames, and as an end stop on a horizontal tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne locking ring with its grub screw, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide-over locking ring (collar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: width along the tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.08 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ring under each fitting that carries a heavy load. On a shelving unit, that is one per shelf fitting on each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, 1 bay: 4 posts, 3 shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, 2 bays: 6 posts, 3 shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothes rail: 2 posts, 1 rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ring fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering. For 33.7mm black tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003eblack locking ring for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor frames, use the galvanised \u003ca href=\"\/products\/slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e26.9mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of a black 26.9mm frame, see the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003emetal end cap\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube from its end before fitting anything that blocks it. Push it up hard against the underside of the fitting it supports, then tighten the grub screw firmly with a hex key until it bites into the tube. Check it after loading the frame for the first time and again after a week. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one locking ring with its grub screw, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a collar only; tubes cannot be joined inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the frame apart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tube end is free to slide it on. It is one closed ring and does not open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006957916547,"sku":"SSHF-500035-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-locking-ring-26-9mm-clothes-rail.jpg?v=1794096938"},{"product_id":"premium-locking-ring-key-clamp","title":"Black Key Clamp Slide-Over Locking Ring for 33.7mm Tube, Support Collar, Indoor, Size B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA plain black collar that clamps to a 33.7mm tube with one grub screw, to stop another fitting sliding down it or to carry extra weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it onto the tube, push it up tight under the fitting above, and tighten the screw. It is the simple fix for a shelf, clothes rail or display arm that creeps down a black tube upright under load. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube and fittings for shop, café and home fit-outs indoors. The price shown is for one ring, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-locking-ring-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 33.7mm key clamp slide-over locking ring, 24mm wide along the tube with one grub screw\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a locking ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second grip under a loaded fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every key clamp holds by its grub screw biting into the tube. On shelving and rails carrying heavy stock, that load can be more than one screw should hold. A locking ring clamped directly underneath takes the extra weight, so the fitting above cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops turning fittings from sliding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivels and collars left loose to rotate can still drop down the tube; a ring under them keeps them at height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and black.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain black collar looks like part of the frame, not a repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost and quick.\u003c\/strong\u003e One screw, no drilling, and it can be added to a frame at any time, as long as you can slide it on from the tube end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack tube shelving in shops, cafés and homes, clothes and display rails carrying heavy stock, room divider frames, workbench and desk frames, and as an end stop on a horizontal tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne locking ring with its grub screw, minimum order 15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide-over locking ring (collar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: width along the tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ring under each fitting that carries a heavy load. On a shelving unit, that is one per shelf fitting on each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, 1 bay: 4 posts, 3 shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, 2 bays: 6 posts, 3 shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothes rail: 2 posts, 1 rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same black fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003e26.9mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube. For outdoor use, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003egalvanised 33.7mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube from its end before fitting anything that blocks it. Push it up hard against the underside of the fitting it supports, then tighten the grub screw firmly with a hex key until it bites into the tube. Check it after loading the frame for the first time and again after a week. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one locking ring with its grub screw, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a collar only; tubes cannot be joined inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the frame apart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tube end is free to slide it on. It is one closed ring and does not open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 15 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57957642535299,"sku":"SSHF-703939-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-locking-ring-33-7mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794133850"},{"product_id":"premium-aluminium-baluster-collar-2","title":"Aluminium Knuckle Baluster Collar for 12.5mm Square Spindles, 37 x 52mm, Black Powder Coated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bold black knuckle for 12.5mm square spindles.\u003c\/strong\u003e This aluminium collar is 52mm tall, with a 37mm square band in the middle, shaped square waists above and below, a 26mm top and a 28mm base, finished in black powder coat. A 13mm square hole slides over a 12.5mm square spindle and a side grub screw locks it at the foot of the spindle or part way up. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/knuckle-baluster-collar-12-5mm-square-52mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the knuckle baluster collar: 52mm tall, 37mm band, 13mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdds a feature to plain spindles.\u003c\/strong\u003e A knuckle on every spindle turns plain square bars into a designed balustrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSets at any height.\u003c\/strong\u003e The grub screw holds it at the foot of the spindle or part way up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready black.\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder coated black, so it matches black spindles with no painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight aluminium.\u003c\/strong\u003e It will not rust and adds almost no weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12.5mm square metal spindles on staircases, landings and galleries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37mm square band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop and base\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm and 28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits spindle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide grub screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 61 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per spindle for a single band, roughly 9 per metre of balustrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnuckle collar, 52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLevel shoe for the tread, 34mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-baluster-collar-26mm-x-34mm\"\u003eLevel baluster shoe, 34mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaked shoe for the string\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-baluster-collar\"\u003eRaked baluster shoe, 12.5mm square\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat square shoe, 40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-baluster-collar-for-12-5mm-square\"\u003eFlat baluster shoe, 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluted round shoe, 48mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-baluster-collar-1\"\u003eFluted baluster shoe, 48mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar onto the spindle before the spindle is fixed at both ends. Set it at the height you want, level it with its neighbours, and tighten the grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it at the foot of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It sits flat on the tread as a tall shoe, or part way up as a knuckle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need painting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is already powder coated black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57912726028675,"sku":"SSHF-685699-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/knuckle-baluster-collar-12-5mm-square-52mm-staircase.jpg?v=1794054005"},{"product_id":"clearance-collar-clip-14x3mm-pack-of-100","title":"Rippled U Collar Clips 14 x 3mm, Bag of 100 Pre-Bent Steel Clips for Scroll Joints","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady-made collars for every scroll joint, 100 to a bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each clip is pre-bent from 14 x 3mm rippled steel strip into a U shape 36mm across, 30mm wide inside and 20mm deep, with three ribs on its face. Fit it over the point where scrolls meet each other or a bar, then close the legs round with a hammer to bind the joint with a traditional ribbed collar. The price shown is for one bag of 100 clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/rippled-u-collar-clip-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the rippled U collar clip: 30mm inside, 20mm deep, 36mm across, 14mm high, 3mm strip\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose these clips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo cutting or bending to start.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each clip is already formed, so you only close it round the joint. That saves a lot of time on a gate with dozens of joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery collar the same.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-bent clips give an even, consistent collar at every joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional ribbed look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three ribs on the face match classic Victorian scrollwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreat value.\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 clips in a bag, enough for several gate or railing panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScroll panels in gates, railings, balustrades, Juliet balconies and garden furniture, where two scrolls touch or a scroll meets a bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bag of 100 clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm high x 3mm thick, rippled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcross the face\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.84 kg per bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill they fit my joint?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clip opens 30mm wide inside and 17mm deep, so it takes joints up to about 30mm across, such as two 12mm scrolls side by side or a 12mm bar with a scroll each side on the flat. Larger joints need a collar made from strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-bent rippled collars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThese clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRippled strip for odd-sized joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3m-rippled-collar-strip\"\u003eRippled collar strip, 3 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrooved strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-grooved-collar-strip-14-x-4mm\"\u003eGrooved collar strip, 2 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth rounded strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-shaped-collar-strip-16-x-3mm\"\u003eShaped collar strip, 2 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlip the clip over the joint with the ribbed face outwards, hold a dolly behind it and close the legs round the scrolls with a hammer until it grips tight. A small tack weld at the back will lock it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint with the rest of the ironwork. They can be galvanised with the finished panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The price is for a bag of 100 clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I buy fewer than 100?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are sold in bags of 100. For a few odd joints, use collar strip instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to heat them?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They close cold with a hammer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57886073880963,"sku":"SSHF-203907-01","price":45.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/rippled-u-collar-clip-gate-scrolls.jpg?v=1794052633"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-40mm-x-40mm","title":"Compact Square Spool Collar for 16mm Square Bar, 38 x 44mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small cast collar to dress 16mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square cast spool, 44mm tall and 38mm square at its central band, with concave faces running up to a 27mm stepped top and down to a 33mm stepped base, and a square hole through the middle. It slides over the bar to add a turned detail to railings, gates and balustrades. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/compact-square-spool-collar-38x44mm-16mm-square-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the compact square spool collar: 44mm tall, 38mm wide, 16.5mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 16mm bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 16.5mm square hole is made for 16mm square bar, and the square seat stops it turning once it is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat detail for little cost.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 38mm across and 44mm tall, it adds shape to a plain bar without bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRailings, garden gates, Juliet balconies, staircase balustrades and restoration work in 16mm square bar. Set them at one height to form a level band across the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop band\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottom band\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.16 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single line, or more if you want a stacked band. A metre of railing at 115mm centres has about 9 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis compact square spool collar, 38 x 44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA wider square spool on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-44-x-41mm\"\u003eSquare spool collar, 48 x 44mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square knuckle on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-40mm-x-70mm\"\u003eSquare knuckle collar, 41 x 70mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square foot on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40-x-38mm-1\"\u003eSquare foot collar, 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery collar shape and size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dc-iron-collars\"\u003eAll collars\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a small tack weld or a metal adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. Use a zinc-rich primer outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Its square hole is made for 16mm square bar, so round bar will either not pass through or will sit loose. Check your bar before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eThe size looks different from another listing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome catalogues list this collar as 40 x 40mm. The figures here are from the dimension sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57886032986499,"sku":"SSHF-334979-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/compact-square-spool-collar-38x44mm-16mm-square-in-use.jpg?v=1794134455"},{"product_id":"premium-ornate-collar-128mm-x-44mm","title":"Ornate Leaf Collar for 16mm Square Bar, 43 x 125mm Cast with Beaded Band, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeaves, scrolls and beads on 16mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 125mm tall: two vases covered in raised leaves and scrolls, joined in the middle by a 13mm band of round beads that is 43mm across, with a 29mm top and a 38mm foot. A 16mm square hole slides over 16mm square bar, so a row of them at one height gives railings and gates a richly detailed band. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-leaf-collar-43x125-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the ornate leaf collar: 125mm tall, 43mm at the beaded band, 29mm top, 38mm foot, 16mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf detail on square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most leaf collars are made for round bar. This one has a square hole, so it suits square bar railings and will not turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRich all round.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaves and scrolls run right round both halves, and the beaded band adds a second layer of detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood value for its size.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 125mm tall it gives the look of a large ornate collar at a mid-range price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFront railings, side and garden gates, and balustrades made from 16mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43mm at the beaded band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop and foot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29mm and 38mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.28 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of railing in 16mm square bar at 115mm centres has about 9 bars, so 10 collars covers just over a metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA leaf and bead collar on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted urn collar on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-140-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 140mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA teardrop pattern collar on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-122x40mm\"\u003eOrnate teardrop collar, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA leaf sleeve on 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-120mm-x-36mm\"\u003eOrnate leaf sleeve collar, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA plain round knuckle on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-43-x-68mm\"\u003eRound knuckle collar, 43 x 68mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm square bar to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-square-bar-16mm-x-16mm\"\u003e16mm mild steel square bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line and turn it so the leaves face the same way, then hold it with a small tack weld at each end, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it will turn and sit loose in the corners of the square hole. For round bar, see the leaf sleeve collar above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57871902376323,"sku":"SSHF-593347-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-leaf-collar-16mm-square-bar-villa-railings.jpg?v=1794048323"},{"product_id":"premium-ornate-collar-122x40mm","title":"Ornate Teardrop Collar for 12mm Square Bar, 40 x 120mm Cast, 13mm Square Hole, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bold teardrop pattern for 12mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 120mm tall: two vases, each with a large raised teardrop loop and scrolls, joined in the middle by a plain 10mm band, with a 32mm top and a 37mm foot, 40mm at the widest. A 13mm square hole slides over 12mm square bar, so a row of them at one height gives staircases, fences and gates a strong period band. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-teardrop-collar-40x120-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the ornate teardrop collar: 120mm tall, 40mm widest, 32mm top, 37mm foot, 13mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge pattern, easy to read.\u003c\/strong\u003e The big teardrop loops show up clearly from a distance, even on slim 12mm bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill not turn on the bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square hole keeps every collar facing the same way. The hole sits on the diagonal, so the pattern faces the corners of the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood value for its size.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 120mm tall it gives the look of a large ornate collar at a mid-range price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStaircase balustrades, low front fences, garden gates and Juliet balconies made from 12mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop and foot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm and 37mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13mm square, set on the diagonal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.28 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of balustrade in 12mm square bar at 110mm centres has about 9 bars, so 10 collars covers about a metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA teardrop pattern collar on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted urn collar on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-135-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 130mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA leaf and bead collar on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-128mm-x-44mm\"\u003eOrnate leaf collar, 125mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smaller fluted knuckle on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-45x54mm-square-hole\"\u003eFluted knuckle collar, 47 x 53mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square foot on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-38x38mm\"\u003eSquare foot collar, 38 x 38mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm square bars to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-12mm-square-plain-bar-picket\"\u003e12mm square plain bar picket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line and turn it so the teardrops face the same way, then hold it with a small tack weld at each end, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 12mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it will turn and sit loose in the corners of the square hole. Choose a collar with a round hole for round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57871397552515,"sku":"SSHF-379779-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-teardrop-collar-12mm-square-bar-garden-fence.jpg?v=1794048325"},{"product_id":"premium-ornate-collar-135-x-45mm","title":"Ornate Fluted Collar for 12mm Square Bar, 45 x 130mm Cast with Square Plate, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig ornate detail on slim 12mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 130mm tall: a fluted urn on top, 40mm across, and a fluted urn below, joined by stepped rings and a flat square plate 45mm across, finishing on a 24mm foot. A 14mm square hole slides over 12mm square bar, so a row of them at one height gives Juliet balconies, garden gates and balustrades a rich period band. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-fluted-collar-45x130-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the ornate fluted collar: 130mm tall, 45mm square plate, 40mm top urn, 24mm foot, 14mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe most ornate collar for 12mm bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nearly four times the width of the bar, it turns slim ironwork into a decorative feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeep cast detail.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two fluted urns, stepped rings and a square plate catch the light from every side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill not turn on the bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square hole keeps every collar facing the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuliet balconies, garden and side gates, window guards and balustrades made from 12mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm square plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop urn and foot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm and 24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.58 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of balcony or gate in 12mm square bar at 110mm centres has about 9 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted ornate collar on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same style on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-140-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 140mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe larger version on 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-65mm-x-190mm\"\u003eGrand ornate collar, 186mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA teardrop pattern collar on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-122x40mm\"\u003eOrnate teardrop collar, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smaller fluted knuckle on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-45x54mm-square-hole\"\u003eFluted knuckle collar, 47 x 53mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm square bars to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-12mm-square-plain-bar-picket\"\u003e12mm square plain bar picket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line with the plate square to the run, then hold it with a tack weld at the top and bottom edge, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 12mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it will turn and sit loose in the corners of the square hole. Choose a collar with a round hole for round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57798539968899,"sku":"SSHF-497731-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-fluted-collar-12mm-square-bar-juliet-balcony.jpg?v=1794048321"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-40x45mm","title":"Square Spool Collar for 12mm Square Bar, 40 x 46mm Cast, 14mm Square Hole, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA crisp square collar for slim 12mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 46mm tall: a stepped square band 40mm across in the middle, with shaped square waists above and below and a 29mm square lip at each end. A 14mm square hole slides over 12mm square bar, so a row of them at one height gives Juliet balconies, gates and balustrades a neat, architectural band. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-spool-collar-40x46-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square spool collar: 46mm tall, 40mm square band, 29mm ends, 14mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare on square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every face is square, so it lines up with the flats of the bar for a clean, architectural look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill not turn on the bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square hole keeps every collar facing the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost per bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the most economical cast collars for 12mm bar, so a full run stays affordable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuliet balconies, window guards, side gates and balustrades made from 12mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm square band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.18 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of balcony or gate in 12mm square bar at 110mm centres has about 9 bars, so 10 collars covers about a metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square spool on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same shape on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-44-x-41mm\"\u003eSquare spool collar, 48 x 44mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square foot on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-38x38mm\"\u003eSquare foot collar, 38 x 38mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted knuckle on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-45x54mm-square-hole\"\u003eFluted knuckle collar, 47 x 53mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn ornate fluted collar on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-135-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 130mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm square bars to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-12mm-square-plain-bar-picket\"\u003e12mm square plain bar picket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a small tack weld at the top and bottom edge, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 12mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it will turn and sit loose. Choose a collar with a round hole for round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57790390763907,"sku":"SSHF-871683-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-spool-collar-12mm-square-bar-juliet-balcony.jpg?v=1794049457"},{"product_id":"premium-scroll-panel-340mm-x-900mm","title":"Scroll Panel 340 x 900mm in 12mm Square Bar, Large S with Twin C Scrolls and Collars, Raw Steel for Gates and Railings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA scroll panel 900mm tall and 340mm wide, made from 12mm square bar: one large S with a spiral at each end, two pairs of smaller C scrolls in the middle, and four wrapped collars holding it together.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is ready to weld between the top and bottom rails of a gate or railing, giving a bold centrepiece without building the pattern from loose scrolls. The 12mm square bar matches the most common gate and railing bar, so it sits flush with the frame. It comes in raw mild steel, ready to weld, then paint, powder coat or galvanise. The price shown is for one panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/scroll-panel-340x900mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the scroll panel, 340mm wide and 900mm tall in 12mm square bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900mm tall x 340mm wide x 12mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayout, top to bottom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280mm top spiral, 340mm centre with twin C scrolls, 280mm bottom spiral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoints\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour wrapped collars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, not painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 5.03 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy this panel works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-made centrepiece.\u003c\/strong\u003e The scrolls are formed, fitted and collared, so you weld one panel in instead of laying out and joining a dozen loose scrolls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame bar as the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12mm square bar matches the usual gate and railing bar, so faces line up and the panel looks part of the original design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in pairs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn one panel over and it mirrors the other, so a pair of gates can have matching panels facing each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid joints.\u003c\/strong\u003e The collars clamp the scrolls where they touch, so the panel is stiff before you weld it in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of driveway and garden gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature panels in front-wall railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalcony and stair balustrade features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden screens, room dividers and fire screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour layout\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat works\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails above and below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails about 900mm apart, inside face to inside face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween two bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA clear gap of about 340mm, so bar centres about 352mm with 12mm bars or 356mm with 16mm bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pair of gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFit one panel in each gate, one turned over, so the two face each other\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA narrower feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-180mm-x-1000mm\"\u003e180 x 1000mm scroll panel baluster\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay the gate frame flat, set the panel between the rails and check it is square and centred. Clamp, tack where the spirals and scrolls touch the rails and bars, recheck, then weld fully. The scrolls run to the full height, so size the frame to the panel rather than cutting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn balconies and stairs, check the open spaces in the panel meet the rules for your building; for homes a 100mm sphere should not pass through any gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRaw steel will rust outdoors. Clean off the mill scale, prime with a zinc-rich primer, working it into the collars and spirals, and top coat with a metal paint, or have the finished gate hot-dip galvanised or powder coated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right panel?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 x 900mm, 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA slightly wider panel, 360 x 900mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-360-x-900mm\"\u003eScroll panel 360 x 900mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnother 340 x 900mm pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-340mm-x-900mm-1\"\u003eScroll panel 340 x 900mm, alternative\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA shorter, wider panel, 390 x 800mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-390-x-800mm\"\u003eScroll panel 390 x 800mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA slim baluster, 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-180mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel baluster 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one panel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the price is for one scroll panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it shorter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the spirals run right to the top and bottom. Set the rails 900mm apart to suit, or choose a shorter panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be fitted either way round?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be turned over or upside down, which is how matching pairs are made for double gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come painted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is raw steel so it welds cleanly. Paint, powder coat or galvanise it once it is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is mild steel and can be hot-dip galvanised with the finished gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a set of gates or a quantity price, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57726978097539,"sku":"SSHF-274819-01","price":40.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/scroll-panel-340x900mm-front-railing.jpg?v=1794051087"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-75-x-66mm","title":"Large Round Knuckle Collar for 25mm Round Bar, 66 x 75mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA big, heavy knuckle for 25mm round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 75mm tall and 66mm across: a full rounded bead in the middle, deep shaped waists above and below, a 56mm bead near each end and a 45mm lip at each end. A 26mm round hole slides over 25mm round bar, so it suits heavy estate gates, gate posts and newel posts where a standard collar would look too small. Each one weighs nearly a kilo. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/large-round-knuckle-collar-66x75-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the large round knuckle collar: 75mm tall, 66mm widest, 45mm ends, 26mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn scale with heavy work.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 66mm across and about 0.94 kg, it holds its own on 25mm bars and posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 26mm round hole slides over 25mm round bar with a little clearance and sits centred on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic turned profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three beads and two deep waists give the look of a hand-turned knuckle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstate and driveway gates in 25mm round bar, gate posts and newel posts, heavy railings, and as a feature on a single bar or post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOuter beads and ends\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm and 45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.94 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of heavy gate in 25mm bar at 130mm centres has about 7 bars; a newel usually takes one or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA large knuckle on 25mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 20mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-75-x-46mm\"\u003eCollar 75 x 46mm, 20.5mm round hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round knuckle for 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-60-x-37mm\"\u003eRound knuckle collar, 37 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square-hole collar for 30mm bar or tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-60-x-60mm\"\u003eCollar 60 x 60mm, 30mm square hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a tack weld at the top and bottom edge. At this weight, use a weld rather than adhesive on gates that swing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 26.9mm tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 26.9mm tube is wider than the 26mm hole. It suits 25mm round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 25mm square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A 25mm square bar measures about 35mm across the corners. Choose a collar with a square hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57726194516355,"sku":"SSHF-710531-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/large-round-knuckle-collar-25mm-bar-estate-gates.jpg?v=1794015090"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-40-x-38mm","title":"Cast Baluster Collar for 12mm Square Bar, 38mm Square x 40mm Tall, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA cast decorative collar with a 12.8mm square hole that slides over 12mm square bar, to dress the foot or top of a baluster, picket or railing bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a stepped square base, a waisted middle and a square cap, 38mm across and 40mm tall, in a raw cast finish ready to paint. Use it on staircase balustrades, garden railings, gates and room dividers to give plain square bar a finished, traditional look. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/collar-12mm-square-bar-38x40mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the cast collar showing 38mm square, 40mm tall and a 12.8mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast decorative collar, square moulded profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw cast, not painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm square at the base, 40mm tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.8mm square, straight through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.24 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to fit 12mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12.8mm square hole slides over standard 12mm square bar with a little clearance for paint and mill scale, and the square hole stops it turning once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA crisp traditional profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stepped base, waist and cap catch the light once painted, so a run of plain square balusters looks like ornamental ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost per baluster.\u003c\/strong\u003e Priced per collar with a minimum order of 15, enough for a short run of balusters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the foot and under the handrail of steel stair balusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn the pickets of garden railings and front-wall railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn the bars of driveway gates, side gates and garden gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn room dividers, fire screens and blacksmith projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar onto the bar before the bar is fixed at both ends, wide end down. Set it at the height you want and fix it with a small tack weld on one face, or with a metal epoxy if you cannot weld. On a staircase, fit one at the foot of each baluster just above the tread, and a second under the handrail if you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean off any rust and mill scale, then prime and paint the collar and bar together so they match. This collar is not recommended for hot-dip galvanising: castings can blister or crack in the galvanising bath, so use a zinc-rich primer and a metal paint or powder coat instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm square bar, raw collar to paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40mm-x-38mm-square-hole\"\u003eCollar 40 x 38mm, 16.8mm square hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm bar, a taller collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40x45mm\"\u003eCollar 40 x 45mm, 12mm square hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm bar, a long ornate collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-122x40mm\"\u003eOrnate collar 122 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-finished black, no painting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-baluster-collar-26mm-x-34mm\"\u003eBlack aluminium baluster collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled to sit on a stair rake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-baluster-collar\"\u003eBlack aluminium collar on rake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one collar, with a minimum order of 15. Most balusters take one at the foot, or two with one under the handrail. For 50 or more, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size bar does it fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003e12mm square bar. The hole is 12.8mm square, which leaves room for paint and mill scale. For 16mm square bar choose the 16.8mm hole version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I fix it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide it on before the bar is fixed, then tack weld it on one face or bond it with a metal epoxy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising this casting. Prime it with a zinc-rich primer and paint or powder coat it instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a staircase?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. On the treads it sits square at the foot of each baluster. If the baluster meets a sloping string, use a collar made for the rake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a whole staircase or railing, or a quantity price, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm quantities, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57709144932739,"sku":"SSHF-695235-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/collar-12mm-square-bar-38x40mm-staircase-balusters.jpg?v=1793974836"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-40mm-x-38mm-square-hole","title":"Square Bell Foot Collar for 16mm Square Bar, 42 x 42mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA square column base for 16mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 42mm tall: a wide, rounded square foot 42mm across, a narrow square neck and a stepped square cap 32mm across, so it looks like the base of a small column. A 17mm square hole slides over 16mm square bar, so a row of them at one height gives gates and balustrades a strong, classical band. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-bell-foot-collar-42x42-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square bell foot collar: 42mm tall, 42mm square foot, 32mm cap, 17mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassical column shape.\u003c\/strong\u003e The heavy foot and stepped cap read as a column base, which suits Georgian and Regency style ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClose fit on 16mm bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 17mm square hole fits 16mm square bar with just enough clearance to slide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill not turn on the bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square hole keeps every collar facing the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden and pedestrian gates, staircase balustrades and front railings made from 16mm square bar. Fit with the wide foot down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCap and neck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm and 26mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.19 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of gate or balustrade in 16mm square bar at 115mm centres has about 9 bars, so 10 collars covers just over a metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square bell foot on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square foot collar on 16mm bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40-x-38mm-1\"\u003eSquare foot collar, 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square spool on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-44-x-41mm\"\u003eSquare spool collar, 48 x 44mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA flat base at the foot of 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-collar-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare base collar, 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn ornate fluted collar on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-140-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 140mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm square bar to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-square-bar-16mm-x-16mm\"\u003e16mm mild steel square bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends, all with the wide foot facing down. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a small tack weld at the top and bottom edge, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wide foot normally goes at the bottom, like a column base. Fit them all the same way up for an even band.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it will turn and sit loose. Choose a collar with a round hole for round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57709050102147,"sku":"SSHF-481667-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-bell-foot-collar-16mm-square-bar-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794049456"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-cover-plate","title":"Square Collar Cover Plate for 100 x 100mm Box Section Post, 142mm Stepped Pressed Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat stepped cover for the foot of 100 x 100mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This pressed steel cover plate is 142mm square and about 28mm tall, formed from 1mm steel into stepped square tiers. A 100 x 100mm square opening in the top slides down over the column and the cover sits flat on the ground, hiding the base plate, bolts and any rough concrete or grout around the foot. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-142mm-for-100mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square cover plate: 142 x 142mm, about 28mm tall, 100 x 100mm square opening\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the base plate and bolts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bolted-down column looks unfinished. This cover slips over the fixing and gives a clean, stepped finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 100mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square opening suits 100 x 100mm columns used for canopies, carports and walkway covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.12 kg it is held with a bead of exterior adhesive or a couple of small tack welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint or powder coat it with the column so the two read as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of canopy and walkway columns, carport posts and large pergola posts made from 100 x 100mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, 1mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 x 142mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare, to suit 100 x 100mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then bond or tack weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per column. Count every column with a visible base fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour post is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-30x30mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-2\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 90mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collar-cover-plate-60-x-60mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 98mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-1\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cover down the column before the top is fixed. Let it sit flat on the ground, then hold it with a bead of exterior adhesive or two or three small tack welds at the top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDegrease, prime and paint, or powder coat with the column. Ask us before hot-dip galvanising, as thin 1mm pressings can distort in the zinc bath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it cover my base plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt covers a base plate that fits inside its 142mm square footprint. Many 100mm column base plates are larger, so measure first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the column is up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the column is still open. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it structural?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a 1mm decorative cover. The column's own base plate and fixings carry the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57704179106179,"sku":"SSHF-865667-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-100mm-box-canopy.jpg?v=1794051697"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-cover-plate-1","title":"Square Collar Cover Plate for 80 x 80mm Box Section Post, 120mm Stepped Pressed Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat stepped cover for the foot of 80 x 80mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This pressed steel cover plate is 120mm square and about 28mm tall, formed from 1mm steel into stepped square tiers. An 80 x 80mm square opening in the top slides down over the post and the cover sits flat on the ground, hiding the base plate, bolts and any rough concrete or resin around the foot. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-120mm-for-80mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square cover plate: 120 x 120mm, about 28mm tall, 80 x 80mm square opening\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the base plate and bolts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bolted-down post looks unfinished. This cover slips over the fixing and gives a clean, stepped finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 80mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square opening suits 80 x 80mm posts used for pergolas, verandas and canopies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.10 kg it is held with a bead of exterior adhesive or a couple of small tack welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint or powder coat it with the post so the two read as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of pergola, veranda and canopy posts, and heavy gate posts made from 80 x 80mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, 1mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 120mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare, to suit 80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then bond or tack weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post. Count every post with a visible base fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour post is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-30x30mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-2\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 90mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collar-cover-plate-60-x-60mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 98mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 142mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA cast collar part way up 80mm box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/box-section-collar-80-x-80mm\"\u003eBox section collar, 80 x 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cover down the post before the top is capped or fixed. Let it sit flat on the ground, then hold it with a bead of exterior adhesive or two or three small tack welds at the top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDegrease, prime and paint, or powder coat with the post. Ask us before hot-dip galvanising, as thin 1mm pressings can distort in the zinc bath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it cover my base plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt covers a base plate that fits inside its 120mm square footprint. Measure your base plate first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the post is up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the post is still open. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it structural?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a 1mm decorative cover. The post's own base plate and fixings carry the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57704127431043,"sku":"SSHF-291651-01","price":5.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-80mm-box-pergola.jpg?v=1794051695"},{"product_id":"collar-cover-plate-60-x-60mm","title":"Square Collar Cover Plate for 60 x 60mm Box Section Post, 98mm Stepped Pressed Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat stepped cover for the foot of 60 x 60mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This pressed steel cover plate is 98mm square and about 28mm tall, formed from 1mm steel into stepped square tiers. A 60 x 60mm square opening in the top slides down over the post and the cover sits flat on the ground, hiding the base plate, bolts and any rough concrete or resin around the foot. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-98mm-for-60mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square cover plate: 98 x 98mm, about 28mm tall, 60 x 60mm square opening\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the base plate and bolts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bolted-down post looks unfinished. This cover slips over the fixing and gives a clean, stepped finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 60mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square opening suits 60 x 60mm posts used for carports, larger gates and pergolas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e With only about 19mm of cover each side of the post, it suits compact base plates. At about 0.04 kg it is held with a bead of exterior adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint or powder coat it with the post so the two read as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of carport and canopy posts, large gate posts and pergola uprights made from 60 x 60mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, 1mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 x 98mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare, to suit 60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.04 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then bond or tack weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post. Count every post with a visible base fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour post is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-30x30mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-2\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 90mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-1\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 142mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA cast collar part way up 60mm box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-box-section-collar-60mm\"\u003eBox section collar, 60 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cover down the post before the top is capped or fixed. Let it sit flat on the ground, then hold it with a bead of exterior adhesive or two or three small tack welds at the top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDegrease, prime and paint, or powder coat with the post. Ask us before hot-dip galvanising, as thin 1mm pressings can distort in the zinc bath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it cover my base plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt covers a base plate that fits inside its 98mm square footprint. Measure your base plate first, as many 60mm post base plates are larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the post is up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the post is still open. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it structural?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a 1mm decorative cover. The post's own base plate and fixings carry the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57704107639171,"sku":"SSHF-553795-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-collar-cover-plate-for-60-x-60mm-box-section-post-98mm-stepped-in-use.jpg?v=1794162773"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-cover-plate-2","title":"Square Collar Cover Plate for 40 x 40mm Box Section Post, 90mm Stepped Pressed Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat stepped cover for the foot of 40 x 40mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This pressed steel cover plate is 90mm square and about 30mm tall, formed from 1mm steel into stepped square tiers like a low pyramid. A 40 x 40mm square opening in the top slides down over the post and the cover sits flat on the ground, hiding the base plate, bolts and any rough concrete or resin around the foot. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-90mm-for-40mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square cover plate: 90 x 90mm, about 30mm tall, 40 x 40mm square opening\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the base plate and bolts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bolted-down post looks unfinished. This cover slips over the fixing and gives a clean, stepped finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 40mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square opening suits 40 x 40mm posts, the most common size for garden fences and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.08 kg it is held with a bead of exterior adhesive or a couple of small tack welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint or powder coat it with the post so the two read as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of garden fence posts, gate posts, balustrade and handrail posts fixed to patios, paths and decks in 40 x 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, 1mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 90mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare, to suit 40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.08 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then bond or tack weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post. Count every post with a visible base fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour post is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-30x30mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collar-cover-plate-60-x-60mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 98mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-1\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 142mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA cast collar part way up 40mm box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-40-x-40mm\"\u003eBox section collar, 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cover down the post before the top is capped or fixed. Let it sit flat on the ground, then hold it with a bead of exterior adhesive or two or three small tack welds at the top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDegrease, prime and paint, or powder coat with the post. Ask us before hot-dip galvanising, as thin 1mm pressings can distort in the zinc bath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it cover my base plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt covers a base plate that fits inside its 90mm square footprint. Measure your base plate first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the post is up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the post is still open. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it structural?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a 1mm decorative cover. The post's own base plate and fixings carry the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 15 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57704085815683,"sku":"SSHF-684867-01","price":1.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-40mm-box-patio.jpg?v=1794051689"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-cover-plate-50-x-50mm","title":"Square Collar Cover Plate for 50 x 50mm Box Section Post, 100mm Stepped Pressed Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat stepped cover for the foot of 50 x 50mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This pressed steel cover plate is 100mm square and about 30mm tall, formed from 1mm steel into stepped square tiers like a low pyramid. A 50 x 50mm square opening in the top slides down over the post and the cover sits flat on the ground, hiding the base plate, bolts and any rough concrete or resin around the foot. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-100mm-for-50mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square cover plate: 100 x 100mm, about 30mm tall, 50 x 50mm square opening\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the base plate and bolts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bolted-down post looks unfinished. This cover slips over the fixing and gives a clean, stepped finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 50mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square opening suits 50 x 50mm gate and fence posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.07 kg it is held with a bead of exterior adhesive or a couple of small tack welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint or powder coat it with the post so the two read as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of gate posts on driveways, fence and railing posts, and pergola uprights made from 50 x 50mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, 1mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare, to suit 50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then bond or tack weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post. Count every post with a visible base fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour post is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-30x30mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-2\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 90mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collar-cover-plate-60-x-60mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 98mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-1\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 142mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA cast collar part way up 50mm box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-50mm\"\u003eBox section collar, 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cover down the post before the top is capped or fixed. Let it sit flat on the ground, then hold it with a bead of exterior adhesive or two or three small tack welds at the top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDegrease, prime and paint, or powder coat with the post. Ask us before hot-dip galvanising, as thin 1mm pressings can distort in the zinc bath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it cover my base plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt covers a base plate that fits inside its 100mm square footprint. Measure your base plate first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the post is up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the post is still open. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it structural?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a 1mm decorative cover. The post's own base plate and fixings carry the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57704061141379,"sku":"SSHF-092739-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-50mm-box-driveway.jpg?v=1794051691"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-cover-plate-30x30mm","title":"Square Collar Cover Plate for 30 x 30mm Box Section Post, 80mm Stepped Pressed Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat stepped cover for the foot of 30 x 30mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This pressed steel cover plate is 80mm square and about 30mm tall, formed from 1mm steel into stepped square tiers like a low pyramid. A 30 x 30mm square opening in the top slides down over the post and the cover sits flat on the ground or deck, hiding the base plate, screws and any rough edges around the foot. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-80mm-for-30mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square cover plate: 80 x 80mm, about 30mm tall, 30 x 30mm square opening\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the base plate and fixings.\u003c\/strong\u003e A screwed or bolted post foot looks unfinished. This cover slips over it and gives a clean, stepped finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 30mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square opening suits 30 x 30mm posts and lines up with their faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.07 kg it is held with a bead of exterior adhesive or a couple of small tack welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint or powder coat it with the post so the two read as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of deck and balcony balustrade posts, small fence posts, handrail standards and planter frames in 30 x 30mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, 1mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare, to suit 30 x 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then bond or tack weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post. Count every post with a visible base fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour post is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-2\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 90mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collar-cover-plate-60-x-60mm\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 98mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-1\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 142mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm square post, cast base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-60-x-60mm\"\u003eSquare base collar, 60 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cover down the post before the top is capped or fixed. Let it sit flat on the ground, then hold it with a bead of exterior adhesive or two or three small tack welds at the top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDegrease, prime and paint, or powder coat with the post. Ask us before hot-dip galvanising, as thin 1mm pressings can distort in the zinc bath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it cover my base plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt covers a base plate that fits inside its 80mm square footprint. Measure your base plate first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the post is up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the post is still open. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it structural?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a 1mm decorative cover. The post's own base plate and fixings carry the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 15 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57704042398083,"sku":"SSHF-354883-01","price":1.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-cover-plate-30mm-box-decking.jpg?v=1794051687"},{"product_id":"premium-square-collar-50-x-50mm","title":"Square Base Collar for 16mm Square Bar, 50 x 50mm Low Stepped Cover, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat foot for every 16mm square baluster.\u003c\/strong\u003e This low base collar is 50mm square and only about 15mm tall, with stepped, sloping faces like a small square pyramid with the top cut off. A 16mm square hole slides down over 16mm square bar and sits flat on the tread, rail or coping, hiding the weld or fixing at the base. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-base-collar-50x50-16mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square base collar: 50 x 50mm, about 15mm tall, 16mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA finished look at floor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e It hides the drilled hole, weld or resin where each baluster meets the tread or wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill not turn.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square hole keeps every base lined up with the run of the balustrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 15mm tall it sits close to the surface and does not catch feet or cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of 16mm square balusters on stair treads and strings, wall copings, landing floors and bottom rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne base collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 15mm, measured from our photos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.09 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per baluster. A typical straight flight of 13 steps with two balusters per tread needs 26.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA base for 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA base for 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-50x50mm\"\u003eLow square base collar, 20mm bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA base for a 30mm square post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-60-x-60mm\"\u003eSquare base collar, 60 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square spool part way up 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-44-x-41mm\"\u003eSquare spool collar, 48 x 44mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square bell foot on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40mm-x-38mm-square-hole\"\u003eSquare bell foot collar, 42 x 42mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-square-bar-16mm-x-16mm\"\u003e16mm mild steel square bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the base down each baluster before the top is fixed into the handrail. Let it sit flat on the surface, then hold it with a small tack weld or a metal adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one base collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on a raked stair string?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt sits flat, so it suits level treads, floors and copings. On a raked string it will sit at an angle to the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the baluster is in place?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the baluster is still free. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57699720954243,"sku":"SSHF-525315-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-base-collar-16mm-bar-staircase-treads.jpg?v=1794049454"},{"product_id":"premium-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube","title":"Key Clamp Slide-Over Locking Ring for 33.7mm Tube, Galvanised Support Collar, Size B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe locking ring is a plain collar that clamps to a tube with one grub screw, to stop another fitting sliding down it or to carry a load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it onto the tube, push it up tight under the fitting above, and tighten the screw. It is the simple fix for a shelf or rail that creeps down a post under weight, and the usual bearing collar under a gate hinge. It suits 33.7mm outside diameter tube, a common size for light rails, racks and gate frames, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one ring, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 33.7mm key clamp slide-over locking ring, 24mm wide along the tube with one grub screw, with a table of all five sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a locking ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second grip under a loaded fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every key clamp holds by its grub screw biting into the tube. On racking, shelving and frames carrying heavy stock, that load can be more than one screw should hold. A locking ring clamped directly underneath takes the extra weight, so the fitting above cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bearing collar for gate hinges.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a tube gate post, the ring sits under the hinge and carries the gate's weight, while the hinge above turns freely on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops fittings that are meant to turn from sliding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivels and hinge collars left loose to rotate can still drop down the tube; a ring under them keeps them at height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost and quick.\u003c\/strong\u003e One screw, no drilling, and it can be moved or added to a frame at any time, as long as you can slide it on from the tube end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTube storage racking and shelving, garment and display rails carrying heavy stock, gate posts for garden and pedestrian gates, light play frames, machine and workbench frames, and as an end stop on a horizontal tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne locking ring with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide-over locking ring (collar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: width along the tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.11 to 0.12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it goes in a frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf or rail slipping down a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring, directly under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-clamp-on-crossover-joiner-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ecrossover\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavily loaded mid rail on a two-bay rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-1\"\u003eside outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate hinge on a tube post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the hinge collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpare or replacement grub screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/setscrew-key-clamp-33-7mm-fittings\"\u003e33.7mm setscrews\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ring under each fitting that carries a heavy load. On a storage rack, that is one per shelf rail fitting on each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUprights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking rings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo bays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate post, one gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this ring will not grip 32mm or 42.4mm tube. Other sizes of the same ring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e26.9mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e42.4mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e for standard handrails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-1\"\u003e48.3mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e for scaffold tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube from its end before fitting anything that blocks it. Push it up hard against the underside of the fitting it supports, then tighten the grub screw firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key until it bites into the tube. Check it after loading the frame for the first time, after a week, and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one locking ring with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10. For a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a collar only; tubes cannot be joined inside it. Use a sleeve or straight joint for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the frame apart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tube end is free to slide it on. It is one closed ring and does not open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For racking or gates carrying heavy loads, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57699379642755,"sku":"SSHF-229251-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-33-7mm-allotment-gate-post.jpg?v=1794090488"},{"product_id":"slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp","title":"Key Clamp Slide-Over Locking Ring for 26.9mm Tube, Collar Stop, Galvanised, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe locking ring is a plain collar that clamps to a tube with one grub screw, to stop another fitting sliding down it or to carry a load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it onto the tube, push it up tight under the fitting above, and tighten the screw. It is the simple fix for a shelf or rail that creeps down a post under weight, and the usual bearing collar under a gate hinge. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube, the smallest key clamp size, used for light frames, displays and garden structures, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one ring, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 26.9mm key clamp slide-over locking ring, 24mm wide along the tube with one grub screw, with a table of all five sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a locking ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second grip under a loaded fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every key clamp holds by its grub screw biting into the tube. On racking, shelving and frames carrying heavy stock, that load can be more than one screw should hold. A locking ring clamped directly underneath takes the extra weight, so the fitting above cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bearing collar for gate hinges.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a tube gate post, the ring sits under the hinge and carries the gate's weight, while the hinge above turns freely on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops fittings that are meant to turn from sliding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivels and hinge collars left loose to rotate can still drop down the tube; a ring under them keeps them at height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost and quick.\u003c\/strong\u003e One screw, no drilling, and it can be moved or added to a frame at any time, as long as you can slide it on from the tube end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTube storage racking and shelving, garment and display rails carrying heavy stock, gate posts for garden and pedestrian gates, light play frames, machine and workbench frames, and as an end stop on a horizontal tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne locking ring with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide-over locking ring (collar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: width along the tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.08 to 0.09 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it goes in a frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf or rail slipping down a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring, directly under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-1\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavily loaded mid rail on a two-bay rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee\"\u003eside outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate hinge on a tube post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the hinge collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ring under each fitting that carries a heavy load. On a storage rack, that is one per shelf rail fitting on each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUprights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking rings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo bays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate post, one gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this ring will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. Other sizes of the same ring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e42.4mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e for standard handrails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-1\"\u003e48.3mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e for scaffold tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube from its end before fitting anything that blocks it. Push it up hard against the underside of the fitting it supports, then tighten the grub screw firmly with a hex key until it bites into the tube. Check it after loading the frame for the first time, after a week, and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one locking ring with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10. For a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a collar only; tubes cannot be joined inside it. Use a sleeve or straight joint for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the frame apart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tube end is free to slide it on. It is one closed ring and does not open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For racking or gates carrying heavy loads, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57699325673859,"sku":"SSHF-688003-01","price":5.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-26-9mm-greenhouse-staging.jpg?v=1794116268"},{"product_id":"premium-slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp","title":"Key Clamp Slide-Over Locking Ring for 42.4mm Tube, Galvanised Collar, Size C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe locking ring is a plain collar that clamps to a tube with one grub screw, to stop another fitting sliding down it or to carry a load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it onto the tube, push it up tight under the fitting above, and tighten the screw. It is the simple fix for a shelf or rail that creeps down a post under weight, and the usual bearing collar under a heavy gate hinge. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one ring, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp slide-over locking ring, 28mm wide along the tube with one grub screw, with a table of all five sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a locking ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second grip under a loaded fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every key clamp holds by its grub screw biting into the tube. On racking, shelving and frames carrying heavy stock, that load can be more than one screw should hold. A locking ring clamped directly underneath takes the extra weight, so the fitting above cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bearing collar for gate hinges.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a tube gate post, the ring sits under the hinge and carries the gate's weight, while the hinge above turns freely on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops fittings that are meant to turn from sliding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivels and hinge collars left loose to rotate can still drop down the tube; a ring under them keeps them at height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost and quick.\u003c\/strong\u003e One screw, no drilling, and it can be moved or added to a frame at any time, as long as you can slide it on from the tube end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTube storage racking and shelving, garment and display rails carrying heavy stock, gate posts on farms and yards, swing and play frames, machine and workbench frames, and as an end stop on a horizontal tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne locking ring with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide-over locking ring (collar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: width along the tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.14 to 0.17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it goes in a frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf or rail slipping down a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring, directly under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-42-4mm\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-crossover-joiner-90-degree-42-4mm-tube\"\u003ecrossover\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavily loaded mid rail on a two-bay rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-3-way-outlet-tee-42-4mm-tubing\"\u003eside outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate hinge on a tube post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the hinge collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpare or replacement grub screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-setscrew-key-clamp\"\u003e42.4mm setscrews\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ring under each fitting that carries a heavy load. On a storage rack, that is one per shelf rail fitting on each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUprights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking rings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo bays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate post, one gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this ring will not grip 40mm or 48.3mm tube. Other sizes of the same ring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-1\"\u003e48.3mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e for scaffold-size tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e26.9mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube from its end before fitting anything that blocks it. Push it up hard against the underside of the fitting it supports, then tighten the grub screw firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key until it bites into the tube. Check it after loading the frame for the first time, after a week, and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one locking ring with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10. For a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a collar only; tubes cannot be joined inside it. Use a sleeve or straight joint for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the frame apart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tube end is free to slide it on. It is one closed ring and does not open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For racking or gates carrying heavy loads, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57685564457347,"sku":"SSHF-076611-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-42-4mm-under-shelf-rail-tee.jpg?v=1794051192"},{"product_id":"premium-box-section-collar-50mm","title":"Box Section Collar for 50 x 50mm Square Post, 80 x 80mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bold cast collar for 50 x 50mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This collar is 80mm tall and 80 x 80mm at its widest: a flat square band in the middle, deep shaped waists above and below, a 75mm lip at the top and a 68mm band at the bottom. A 52mm square hole slides over 50 x 50mm square box section, so it wraps round gate posts, fence posts and pergola legs as a strong band of detail. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-50x50-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the box section collar: 80mm tall, 80 x 80mm, 75mm top lip, 68mm lower band, 52mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDresses up box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e One or two collars give plain 50mm box posts the look of a cast post, at a fraction of the cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 50 x 50mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 52mm square hole slides over 50 x 50mm box section with a little clearance and cannot turn once it is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid casting.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.92 kg it has real weight and sits square on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway gate posts, fence and railing posts, pergola and carport legs, and newel posts made in 50 x 50mm square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop lip and lower band\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm and 68mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.92 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld, bond or pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow one or two per post. A four-post pergola with one collar per leg takes 4; a pair of gate posts dressed top and bottom takes 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-40-x-40mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-box-section-collar-60mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 60 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/box-section-collar-80-x-80mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 80 x 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA flat cover plate for 50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-50-x-50mm\"\u003eCollar cover plate for 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar down over the top of the post before the post cap, finial or top rail goes on. Set it at the height you want, then hold it with a small tack weld at the top and bottom edge, a metal adhesive, or a self-tapping screw through the band into the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to a post that is already in the ground?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the top of the post is free. Slide it down from the top before fitting the cap or finial.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 50mm round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on but will sit loose. It is made for square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57681423892867,"sku":"SSHF-211971-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-50x50-pergola-leg.jpg?v=1794015698"},{"product_id":"premium-box-section-collar-40-x-40mm","title":"Box Section Collar for 40 x 40mm Square Post, 70 x 70mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurns a plain box section post into a decorative one.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 70mm tall and 70 x 70mm at its widest: a flat square band in the middle, deep shaped waists above and below, a 62mm band near each end and a 55mm lip at the top. A 42mm square hole slides over 40 x 40mm square box section, so it wraps round gate posts and fence posts as a bold band of detail. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-40x40-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the box section collar: 70mm tall, 70 x 70mm, 62mm end bands, 42mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDresses up box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e Plain 40mm box posts look utilitarian; one or two collars give them the look of a cast post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 40 x 40mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 42mm square hole slides over 40 x 40mm box section with a little clearance and cannot turn once it is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid casting.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.68 kg it has real weight and sits square on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGate posts, fence and railing posts, pergola and carport legs, and newel posts made in 40 x 40mm square box section, usually one near the top and one lower down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 x 70mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd bands and top lip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62mm and 55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.68 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld, bond or pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow one or two per post. A pair of gate posts dressed top and bottom takes 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-50mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-box-section-collar-60mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 60 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/box-section-collar-80-x-80mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 80 x 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA flat cover plate for 40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-2\"\u003eCollar cover plate for 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar down over the top of the post before the post cap, finial or top rail goes on. Set it at the height you want, then hold it with a small tack weld at the top and bottom edge, a metal adhesive, or a self-tapping screw through the band into the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to a post that is already in the ground?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the top of the post is free. Slide it down from the top before fitting the cap or finial.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 40mm round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on but will sit loose. It is made for square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57681367564675,"sku":"SSHF-932867-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-40x40-post-railing.jpg?v=1794015548"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-box-section-collar-60mm","title":"Box Section Collar for 60 x 60mm Square Post, 105 x 100mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy cast collar for 60 x 60mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This collar is 100mm tall and 105 x 105mm at its widest: a flat square band in the middle, deep shaped waists above and below, a 94mm lip at the top and an 86mm band at the bottom. A 63mm square hole slides over 60 x 60mm square box section, so it wraps round heavy gate posts, carport and pergola legs as a strong band of detail. Each one weighs about 2 kg. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-60x60-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the box section collar: 100mm tall, 105 x 105mm, 94mm top lip, 86mm lower band, 63mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn scale with 60mm posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 105mm across it reads clearly on a heavy gate post or carport leg, where a smaller collar would look lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 60 x 60mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 63mm square hole slides over 60 x 60mm box section with a little clearance and cannot turn once it is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid casting.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 2.08 kg it has real weight and sits square on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and estate gate posts, carport and pergola legs, canopy supports and heavy fence posts made in 60 x 60mm square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 x 105mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop lip and lower band\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94mm and 86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.08 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld, bond or pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow one or two per post. A four-leg carport with one collar per leg takes 4; a pair of gate posts dressed top and bottom takes 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-50mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-40-x-40mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/box-section-collar-80-x-80mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 80 x 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA flat cover plate for 60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collar-cover-plate-60-x-60mm\"\u003eCollar cover plate for 60 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar down over the top of the post before the post cap, finial or beam goes on. Set it at the height you want, then hold it with a tack weld at the top and bottom edge or a self-tapping screw through the band into the post. At this weight, use a weld or screw rather than adhesive alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to a post that is already in the ground?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the top of the post is free. Slide it down from the top before fitting the cap or beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 60mm round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on but will sit loose. It is made for square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57681309663619,"sku":"SSHF-686531-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-60x60-carport-leg.jpg?v=1794015844"},{"product_id":"75mm-diameter-cover-plate","title":"Round Fluted Collar Cover Plate for Bar up to 19mm, 75 x 30mm Cast Base Cover, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bold fluted foot for heavier round balusters.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast cover plate is 75mm across and 30mm tall: a 12mm round base ring with a stepped, fluted dome rising to a 34mm collar. A 19mm round hole slides down over round bar up to 19mm, and the plate sits flat on the tread, step or coping, hiding the fixing. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-fluted-cover-plate-75mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the round fluted cover plate: 75mm across, 30mm tall, 12mm base ring, 19mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore presence at floor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 75mm across it gives heavier balusters and railings a strong, period foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e It covers the drilled hole, lead, resin or weld where the bar meets the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTakes bar up to 19mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 19mm hole suits 18mm and 19mm round bar, or smaller bar with a little packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of round balusters on staircases and landings, and of railing bars on stone terraces, steps and wall copings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm at the base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm, with a 12mm base ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDome and collar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57mm and 34mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound bar up to 19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.19 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per baluster or bar. Count every bar that meets the floor, step or coping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted foot for round bar up to 19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smaller fluted foot for 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-cover-plate-50mm-x-30mm\"\u003eRound fluted cover plate, 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted foot for 42.4mm tube posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-cover-plate-120mm-x-45mm\"\u003eRound fluted cover plate, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA flat square foot for 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-collar-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare base collar, 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the plate down each bar before the top is fixed. Let it sit flat on the surface, then hold it with a small tack weld or a metal adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on with a 3mm gap. Bond it in place, or choose the 50mm plate made for 16mm bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the bar is in place?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the bar is still free. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57681219617155,"sku":"SSHF-503427-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-fluted-cover-plate-19mm-hole-staircase.jpg?v=1794051525"},{"product_id":"premium-cover-plate-50mm-x-30mm","title":"Round Fluted Collar Cover Plate for 16mm Round Bar, 50 x 30mm Cast Base Cover, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA decorative foot for every 16mm round baluster.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast cover plate is 50mm across and 30mm tall: a 10mm round base ring with a domed top covered in radial flutes, rising to a 25mm collar. A 16.5mm round hole slides down over 16mm round bar and the plate sits flat on the step, tread or wall, hiding the drilled hole and fixing. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-fluted-cover-plate-50mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the round fluted cover plate: 50mm across, 30mm tall, 10mm base ring, 16.5mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA finished period foot.\u003c\/strong\u003e The fluted dome turns a bar set into stone or timber into a proper Victorian style baluster foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e It covers the drilled hole, lead, resin or weld where the bar meets the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 16mm round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 16.5mm hole slides over the bar and sits centred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of 16mm round balusters on stone steps, stair treads and strings, wall copings and landing floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm at the base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm, with a 10mm base ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop collar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.11 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per baluster. A straight flight of 13 steps with two balusters per tread needs 26.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted foot for 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA larger fluted foot for bar up to 19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/75mm-diameter-cover-plate\"\u003eRound fluted cover plate, 75mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted foot for 42.4mm tube posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-cover-plate-120mm-x-45mm\"\u003eRound fluted cover plate, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA flat square foot for 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-collar-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare base collar, 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar part way up 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-65-x-34mm\"\u003eTulip leaf collar, 16mm round bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-round-bar-16mm\"\u003e16mm mild steel round bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the plate down each baluster before the top is fixed into the handrail. Let it sit flat on the surface, then hold it with a small tack weld or a metal adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A 16mm square bar measures about 22mm across the corners, so it will not pass through the 16.5mm round hole. See the square base collar above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the baluster is in place?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the baluster is still free. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57680559538563,"sku":"SSHF-370051-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-fluted-cover-plate-16mm-bar-stone-steps.jpg?v=1794051523"},{"product_id":"premium-cover-plate-120mm-x-45mm","title":"Round Fluted Collar Cover Plate for 42.4mm Tube Post, 120 x 45mm Cast Base Cover, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA grand fluted foot for 42.4mm tube posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast cover plate is 120mm across and 45mm tall: a 14mm round base ring with a stepped, fluted dome rising to a 52mm collar. A 42mm round hole slides down over 42.4mm round tube, so it finishes the foot of handrail posts, railing standards and bollards and hides the base plate and bolts beneath. The price shown is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-fluted-cover-plate-120mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the round fluted cover plate: 120mm across, 45mm tall, 14mm base ring, 42mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this cover plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurns a tube post into a period standard.\u003c\/strong\u003e The wide fluted dome gives plain 42.4mm tube a traditional cast foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides base plates.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 120mm across it covers a small bolt-down base plate and its fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for handrail tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 42mm hole slides over standard 42.4mm tube with a close fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of 42.4mm handrail posts on ramps and steps, railing standards on terraces, and tube bollards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne cover plate, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm at the base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm, with a 14mm base ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDome and collar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99mm and 52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.52 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post. Count every post with a visible base fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right cover plate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted foot for 42.4mm tube posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis cover plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted foot for round bar up to 19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/75mm-diameter-cover-plate\"\u003eRound fluted cover plate, 75mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted foot for 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-cover-plate-50mm-x-30mm\"\u003eRound fluted cover plate, 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA cover for 40mm box section posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-2\"\u003eSquare cover plate, 90mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the plate down the post before the handrail or cap goes on. Let it sit flat on the surface over the base plate, then hold it with a small tack weld or a metal adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cover plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one cover plate, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it cover my base plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt sits over base plates that fit inside its 112mm underside. Measure the plate and bolt heads first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 48.3mm tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 48.3mm tube is larger than the 42mm hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57679893430659,"sku":"SSHF-917891-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-fluted-cover-plate-42mm-tube-terrace.jpg?v=1794051527"},{"product_id":"box-section-collar-80-x-80mm","title":"Box Section Collar for 80 x 80mm Square Post, 120 x 120mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA large cast collar for 80 x 80mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e This collar is 120mm tall and 120 x 120mm at its widest: a flat square band in the middle, deep shaped waists above and below, a 110mm lip at the top and a 102mm band at the bottom. An 82mm square hole slides over 80 x 80mm square box section, so it dresses heavy gate posts, canopy columns and carport legs with a bold band of cast detail. Each one weighs nearly 3 kg. The price shown is for one collar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-80x80-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the box section collar: 120mm tall, 120 x 120mm, 110mm top lip, 102mm lower band, 82mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn scale with big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 120mm across it suits 80mm columns and gate posts, where smaller collars would look lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 80 x 80mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 82mm square hole slides over 80 x 80mm box section with a little clearance and cannot turn once it is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid casting.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 2.82 kg it has real weight and sits square on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the steelwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEntrance canopy and porch columns, estate and automated gate posts, carport legs and heavy fence posts made in 80 x 80mm square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 120mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop lip and lower band\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110mm and 102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.82 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow one or two per post. A two-column canopy with one collar per column takes 2; a pair of gate posts dressed top and bottom takes 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 60 x 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-box-section-collar-60mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 60 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 50 x 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-50mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-40-x-40mm\"\u003eBox section collar for 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA flat cover plate for 80 x 80mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-cover-plate-1\"\u003eCollar cover plate for 80 x 80mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar down over the top of the post or column before the cap or beam goes on. Set it at the height you want, then hold it with a tack weld at the top and bottom edge or a self-tapping screw through the band into the post. At this weight, use a weld or screw rather than adhesive alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to a column that is already up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the top of the column is free. Slide it down from the top before fitting the cap or beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 80mm round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on but will sit loose. It is made for square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57679813771651,"sku":"SSHF-276035-01","price":25.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/box-section-collar-80x80-canopy-column.jpg?v=1794015993"},{"product_id":"premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-1","title":"Key Clamp Slide-Over Locking Ring for 48.3mm Tube, Galvanised Support Collar, Size D","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe locking ring is a plain collar that clamps to a tube with one grub screw, to stop another fitting sliding down it or to carry a load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it onto the tube, push it up tight under the fitting above, and tighten the screw. It is the simple fix for a shelf or rail that creeps down a post under weight, and the usual bearing collar under a heavy gate hinge. It suits 48.3mm outside diameter tube, the same size as scaffold tube, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one ring, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp slide-over locking ring, 28mm wide along the tube with one grub screw, with a table of all five sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a locking ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second grip under a loaded fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every key clamp holds by its grub screw biting into the tube. On racking, shelving and frames carrying heavy stock, that load can be more than one screw should hold. A locking ring clamped directly underneath takes the extra weight, so the fitting above cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bearing collar for gate hinges.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a tube gate post, the ring sits under the hinge and carries the gate's weight, while the hinge above turns freely on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops fittings that are meant to turn from sliding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivels and hinge collars left loose to rotate can still drop down the tube; a ring under them keeps them at height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost and quick.\u003c\/strong\u003e One screw, no drilling, and it can be moved or added to a frame at any time, as long as you can slide it on from the tube end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTube storage racking and shelving, garment and display rails carrying heavy stock, gate posts on farms and yards, swing and play frames, machine and workbench frames, and as an end stop on a horizontal tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne locking ring with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide-over locking ring (collar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: width along the tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.15 to 0.20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it goes in a frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf or rail slipping down a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring, directly under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-48-3mm\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-crossover-joiner-48-3mm-tubing\"\u003ecrossover\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavily loaded mid rail on a two-bay rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-3-way-side-outlet-tee-1\"\u003eside outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate hinge on a tube post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis ring under the hinge collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpare or replacement grub screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-performance-setscrew-key-clamp\"\u003e48.3mm setscrews\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ring under each fitting that carries a heavy load. On a storage rack, that is one per shelf rail fitting on each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUprights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking rings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo bays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate post, one gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this ring will not grip 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube. Other sizes of the same ring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e42.4mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e for standard handrails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e26.9mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube from its end before fitting anything that blocks it. Push it up hard against the underside of the fitting it supports, then tighten the grub screw firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key until it bites into the tube. Check it after loading the frame for the first time, after a week, and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one locking ring with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10. For a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a collar only; tubes cannot be joined inside it. Use a sleeve or straight joint for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the frame apart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tube end is free to slide it on. It is one closed ring and does not open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For racking or gates carrying heavy loads, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57625392841091,"sku":"SSHF-781955-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-locking-ring-48-3mm-gate-hinge-post.jpg?v=1794086962"},{"product_id":"12mm-hammered-bar-picket-1000mm","title":"12mm Hammered Square Picket with Forged Collar, 1000mm, Raw Mild Steel for Railings and Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA picket in 12mm hammered square bar, 1000mm long, with a forged collar at the centre, shaped like a turned spindle.\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld a run of them between top and bottom rails to make railings, gates and balustrades with a hand-forged look, without forging anything yourself. The price shown is for one picket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/12mm-hammered-square-picket-with-forged-collar-1000mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the 12mm hammered square picket with forged collar, 1000mm\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this picket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady-made detail.\u003c\/strong\u003e The decoration is already forged into the bar, so every picket in the run matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammered edges and a turned collar give a traditional forged look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12mm hammered square bar, 1.38 kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A strong, solid feel for railings and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFront garden railings, driveway and garden gates, balustrades, balcony fronts and decorative screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne picket, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm hammered square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecoration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA forged collar at the centre, shaped like a turned spindle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth at the widest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.38 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDivide the length of the run by your picket spacing. Keep the clear gap between bars at 100mm or less where children may climb or squeeze through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimilar pickets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePicket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice each\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm Hammered Square Picket with Forged Collar, 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£11.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis one\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm Tapered Hammered Picket with Forged Centre, 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£16.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tapered-hammered-bar-picket-1000mm\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm Hammered Square Picket with 100mm Ring, 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£40.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-hammered-bar-picket-12mm\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm Square Picket with Forged Diamond Centre, 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£17.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-centre-forged-picket-1000mm\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm Square Picket with Two Forged Diamonds, 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£20.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-14mm-double-forged-picket-1000mm\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee every style, including barley twists, knots, forged diamonds and basket pickets, in the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dc-iron-fence-pickets\"\u003efence pickets range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut to length if needed, keeping the decoration where you want it, then weld to the top and bottom rails. Line the decoration up across the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint. Outdoors, use a zinc-rich primer or have the work hot-dip galvanised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one picket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one picket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it shorter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut from either end with a cut-off saw or grinder, keeping the decoration where you want it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy is there rust on it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is raw steel with no coating, so light surface rust can form in storage. It wire brushes off before priming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57575550976387,"sku":"SSHF-684163-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/12mm-hammered-square-picket-with-forged-collar-1000mm-railing.jpg?v=1794091274"},{"product_id":"premium-scroll-panel-360-x-900mm","title":"Scroll Panel 360 x 900mm in 12mm Round Bar, Large S with Twin C Scrolls and Collars, Raw Steel for Gates and Railings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA scroll panel 900mm tall and 360mm wide, made from 12mm round bar: one large S with a spiral at each end, two pairs of smaller C scrolls in the middle, and four wrapped collars holding it together.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round bar gives softer, smoother curves than square bar, a classic look on period railings and gates. Weld it between the top and bottom rails of a gate, railing or balcony as a ready-made centrepiece. It comes in raw mild steel, ready to weld, then paint, powder coat or galvanise. The price shown is for one panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/scroll-panel-360x900mm-round-bar-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the scroll panel, 360mm wide and 900mm tall in 12mm round bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900mm tall x 360mm wide x 12mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm diameter round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge S with spiral ends, twin C scrolls in the centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoints\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour wrapped collars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, not painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.98 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy this panel works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoft round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round section gives smooth, flowing curves with no sharp edges, a gentler look than square bar and kind to hands on a gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-made centrepiece.\u003c\/strong\u003e The scrolls are formed, fitted and collared, so you weld one panel in instead of building it from loose scrolls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in pairs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn one panel over and it mirrors the other, so double gates can have matching panels facing each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid joints.\u003c\/strong\u003e The collars clamp the scrolls where they touch, so the panel is stiff before you weld it in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature panels in front railings and balconies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of side and garden gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStair balustrades and landings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden screens, room dividers and fire screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour layout\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat works\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails above and below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails about 900mm apart, inside face to inside face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween two bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA clear gap of about 360mm, so bar centres about 372mm with 12mm bars or 376mm with 16mm bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound bar frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSits flush with 12mm round bar uprights for a matching look\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same design in square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-340mm-x-900mm\"\u003e340 x 900mm scroll panel in 12mm square bar\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay the frame flat, set the panel between the rails and check it is square and centred. Clamp, tack where the spirals and scrolls touch the rails and bars, recheck, then weld fully. The spirals run to the full height, so size the frame to the panel rather than cutting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn balconies and stairs, check the open spaces in the panel meet the rules for your building; for homes a 100mm sphere should not pass through any gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRaw steel will rust outdoors. Clean off the mill scale, prime with a zinc-rich primer, working it into the collars and spirals, and top coat with a metal paint, or have the finished work hot-dip galvanised or powder coated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right panel?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 900mm, 12mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same design in 12mm square bar, 340 x 900mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-340mm-x-900mm\"\u003eScroll panel 340 x 900mm, square bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnother 340 x 900mm pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-340mm-x-900mm-1\"\u003eScroll panel 340 x 900mm, alternative\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShorter with cast leaves, 345 x 790mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-390-x-800mm\"\u003eLeaf scroll panel 345 x 790mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA slim baluster, 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-180mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel baluster 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one panel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the price is for one scroll panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eRound bar or square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis panel is 12mm round bar. The same design is also available in 12mm square bar, which gives crisper edges; choose to match the rest of your gate or railing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it shorter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the spirals run right to the top and bottom. Set the rails 900mm apart, or choose a shorter panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come painted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is raw steel so it welds cleanly. Paint, powder coat or galvanise it once it is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is mild steel and can be hot-dip galvanised with the finished gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a set of gates or a quantity price, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57560586944899,"sku":"SSHF-520003-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/scroll-panel-360x900mm-round-bar-railing.jpg?v=1794056903"},{"product_id":"premium-scroll-panel-390-x-800mm","title":"Leaf Scroll Panel 345 x 790mm in 16 x 8mm Flat Bar with Cast Leaves and Collars, Raw Steel for Gates and Railings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA leaf scroll panel 790mm tall and 345mm wide, made from 16 x 8mm flat bar: one large S, smaller scrolls branching off both sides of the middle, seven cast leaves on the scroll ends and three wrapped collars.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flowing S and leaf tips give a natural, garden look, ideal for cottage gates and front railings. It is ready to weld between the rails of a gate or railing, and at 16mm deep it sits flush with 16mm square bar and 16 x 8mm flat bar frames. It comes in raw mild steel, ready to weld, then paint, powder coat or galvanise. The price shown is for one panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/leaf-scroll-panel-345x790mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the leaf scroll panel, 345mm wide and 790mm tall in 16 x 8mm flat bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790mm tall x 345mm wide x 16mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 275mm wide; the side scrolls take it to 345mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayout, top to bottom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210mm, 370mm centre, 210mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 8mm flat bar, 16mm deep seen from the side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeven cast leaves, three wrapped collars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, not painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.85 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy this panel works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA natural, flowing look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaves on the scroll ends make the panel read like a climbing plant, softer than geometric patterns and well suited to cottage and country homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The scrolls, leaves and collars are already joined, so you weld one panel in instead of building it from loose parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavier 16mm bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 16 x 8mm section is stiff and lines up with 16mm frames for a flush weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in pairs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn one panel over and it mirrors the other, for matching double gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden and side gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature panels in front railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalcony and Juliet balcony features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden screens, trellis and room dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour layout\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat works\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails above and below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails about 790mm apart, inside face to inside face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween two bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA clear gap of about 345mm, so bar centres about 361mm with 16mm bars or 357mm with 12mm bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pair of gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne panel in each gate, one turned over, so the two face each other\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA taller rail spacing, about 900mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-340mm-x-900mm\"\u003e340 x 900mm scroll panel\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay the frame flat, set the panel between the rails and check it is square and centred. Clamp, tack where the scrolls touch the rails and bars, recheck, then weld fully. The scrolls run to the full height, so size the frame to the panel rather than cutting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn balconies and stairs, check the open spaces in the panel meet the rules for your building; for homes a 100mm sphere should not pass through any gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRaw steel will rust outdoors. Clean off the mill scale, prime with a zinc-rich primer, working it round the leaves and collars, and top coat with a metal paint, or have the finished gate hot-dip galvanised or powder coated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right panel?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e345 x 790mm with cast leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaller, 340 x 900mm, square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-340mm-x-900mm\"\u003eScroll panel 340 x 900mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaller, 360 x 900mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-360-x-900mm\"\u003eScroll panel 360 x 900mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA slim baluster, 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-180mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel baluster 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA large ornate panel, 1020 x 520mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-panel-1020mm-x-520mm\"\u003eOrnate scroll panel 1020 x 520mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one panel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the price is for one leaf scroll panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it 390 x 800mm or 345 x 790mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis panel is often listed as 390 x 800mm. Measured, it is 790mm tall and 345mm wide across the outer scrolls, so size your frame to 345 x 790mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it shorter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the curls run right to the top and bottom. Set the rails to suit, or choose a different panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come painted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is raw steel so it welds cleanly. Paint, powder coat or galvanise it once it is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is mild steel and can be hot-dip galvanised with the finished gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock of this panel is limited, so for several, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57560528290179,"sku":"SSHF-913219-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/leaf-scroll-panel-345x790mm-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794051787"},{"product_id":"premium-scroll-panel-230mm-x-1000mm","title":"Hammered Scroll Panel Baluster 230 x 1000mm in 12mm Square Bar with Collars, Raw Steel for Railings and Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn ornamental baluster in 12mm square hammered bar, 1000mm long, with a 350mm tall scroll centre 230mm wide made of hammered flat scrolls held by wrapped collars.\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole bar has a hand-hammered texture, so it looks forged rather than machine made, and the scrolls sit symmetrically on both sides so it reads the same from the street and the garden. Swap it in for every third or fourth plain bar to turn a standard railing, gate or Juliet balcony into a feature. It comes in raw mild steel, ready to weld, then paint, powder coat or galvanise. The price shown is for one baluster, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/hammered-scroll-baluster-230x1000mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the hammered scroll baluster, 230mm wide and 1000mm long in 12mm square bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000mm long, 230mm wide at the scrolls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12mm square bar, hammered finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayout, top to bottom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325mm plain hammered, 350mm scroll centre, 325mm plain hammered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScroll centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammered flat scrolls each side, wrapped collars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, not painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne baluster, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy this baluster works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hand-forged look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hammered texture runs the full length, catching light and paint in a way smooth bar cannot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame bar as your railing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The core is 12mm square bar, the most common size for railings and gates, so it lines up with the plain bars either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoom to trim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long plain sections above and below the scrolls can be cut down for shorter rail spacings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLooks right from both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e The scrolls mirror about the bar, so the railing reads the same inside and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature bars in front-wall railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden and side gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuliet balconies and balustrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStairs, landings and room dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit my railing?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour layout\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat works\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails about 1000mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits full length, inside face to inside face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails closer together\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrim the plain hammered ends equally top and bottom to keep the scrolls central\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlain bars either side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllow about 115mm clear from the baluster's centre line to the next bar, so neighbouring bar centres about 127mm away with 12mm bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA railing with mixed bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne baluster in place of every third or fourth plain bar is the usual look\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMark the rails, trim the baluster to length at the plain ends if needed, stand it in and check it is plumb on both faces. Tack top and bottom, recheck, then weld fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn stairs, balconies and anywhere children may be, check the gaps meet the rules for your building; for homes a 100mm sphere should not pass through any gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRaw steel will rust outdoors. Clean off the mill scale, prime with a zinc-rich primer, working it into the hammered texture and collars, and top coat with a metal paint, or have the finished work hot-dip galvanised or powder coated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right baluster?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 x 1000mm, hammered 12mm bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis baluster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwisted bar with heart scrolls, 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-180mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel baluster 180 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWider, 260 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-260mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel 260 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWider, 320 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-320mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel 320 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA double scroll, 165 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-scroll-panel-165x1000mm\"\u003eDouble scroll panel 165 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one baluster?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the price is for one baluster and the minimum order is 5. For a full railing, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it shorter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, trim the plain hammered sections at each end. Take the same off top and bottom so the scrolls stay in the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a staircase?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as a feature baluster between plain ones. Cut the ends to the angle of the string and handrail and keep the scroll centre upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come painted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is raw steel so it welds cleanly. Paint, powder coat or galvanise it once it is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full railing or a quantity price, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57559831544195,"sku":"SSHF-844227-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/hammered-scroll-baluster-230x1000mm-front-railing.jpg?v=1794061437"},{"product_id":"premium-scroll-panel-180mm-x-1000mm","title":"Scroll Panel Baluster 180 x 1000mm in 12mm Square Bar, Twisted with Collars, Raw Steel for Gates and Railings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn ornamental baluster in 12mm square bar, 1000mm long, with a 470mm tall scroll centrepiece 180mm wide, twisted sections above and below, and three wrapped collars.\u003c\/strong\u003e The centre is two heart-shaped pairs of scrolls with small curls, set symmetrically either side of the bar and held by the collars, so from either side it looks the same. Drop one in place of every third or fourth plain bar and an ordinary gate, railing or balustrade becomes a feature. It comes in raw mild steel, ready to weld, then paint, powder coat or galvanise. The price shown is for one panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/scroll-panel-180x1000mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the scroll panel baluster, 180mm wide and 1000mm long in 12mm square bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000mm long, 180mm wide at the scrolls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayout, top to bottom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm plain, 185mm twisted, 470mm scroll centre, 185mm twisted, 80mm plain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScroll centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo heart-shaped scroll pairs and side curls, three wrapped collars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, not painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy this panel works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-made feature.\u003c\/strong\u003e The scrolls, collars and twists are already formed and fixed, so you weld in one bar instead of building a pattern from loose scrolls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame bar as your railing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The core is plain 12mm square bar, the most common size for gates and railings, so it lines up with the bars either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoom to trim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 80mm plain section at each end can be cut down to suit rails closer together without touching the twists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLooks right from both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e The scrolls are symmetrical about the bar, so the gate or railing reads the same from the street and the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature bars in garden and side gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront-wall and boundary railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStair and landing balustrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalconies, room dividers and fire screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit my railing?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour layout\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat works\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails about 1000mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits full length, inside face to inside face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails 840 to 1000mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrim the plain ends, up to about 80mm each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlain bars either side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllow about 95mm clear from the panel's centre line to the next bar, so neighbouring bar centres about 105mm away with 12mm bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate with mixed bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne panel in place of every third or fourth plain bar is the usual look\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMark the rails, cut the panel to length at the plain ends if needed, then stand it in and check it is plumb on both faces. Tack top and bottom, recheck, then weld fully. Space the plain bars either side evenly from the panel so the pattern looks balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn stairs, balconies and anywhere children may be, check the gaps meet the rules for your building; for homes a 100mm sphere should not pass through any gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRaw steel will rust outdoors. Clean off the mill scale, prime with a zinc-rich primer, working it into the twists, scrolls and collars, and top coat with a metal paint, or have the finished work hot-dip galvanised or powder coated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right panel?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 x 1000mm, 12mm square bar, hearts and twists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA wider scroll panel, 230 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-230mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel 230 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA wider scroll panel, 260 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-260mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel 260 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA wide scroll panel, 320 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-scroll-panel-320mm-x-1000mm\"\u003eScroll panel 320 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA slimmer double scroll, 165 x 1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-scroll-panel-165x1000mm\"\u003eDouble scroll panel 165 x 1000mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one panel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the price is for one scroll panel baluster.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it shorter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, trim the 80mm plain section at either end. Cutting into the twists will spoil the pattern, so for rails much closer than 840mm choose a shorter panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a staircase?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as a feature baluster between plain ones. On a stair the ends need cutting to the angle of the string and handrail; keep the scroll centre upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come painted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is raw steel so it welds cleanly. Paint, powder coat or galvanise it once it is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is mild steel and can be hot-dip galvanised with the finished gate or railing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a run of gates or railings or a quantity price, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57553628561795,"sku":"SSHF-922115-01","price":23.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/scroll-panel-180x1000mm-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794048346"},{"product_id":"premium-3m-rippled-collar-strip","title":"Rippled Collar Strip 16 x 3mm, 3 Metre Steel Bar with Three Ribs for Scroll Collars","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic three-rib collars for scroll joints.\u003c\/strong\u003e This steel collar strip is 16mm wide and 3mm thick, with three raised ribs running along its face, and comes in a long 3 metre bar. Cut a short length, bend it round the point where scrolls and bars meet, and close it tight to bind the joint with the ribbed collar seen on traditional ironwork. The price shown is for one 3 metre bar, with a minimum order of 5 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/rippled-collar-strip-16x3-profile-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Profile drawing of the rippled collar strip: 16mm wide, 3mm thick, three ribs, 3 metre bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this strip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe most traditional collar look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three ribs give each collar the banded look found on Victorian gates and railings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest value per metre.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3 metre bar makes around 30 collars at 100mm each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatches our ready-bent clips.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the strip for odd sizes and the pre-bent rippled clips for the standard joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to bend.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 3mm thick it bends round tight joints easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScroll panels in gates, railings, balustrades, Juliet balconies, garden furniture and fire screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 3 metre bar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm wide x 3mm thick, three ribs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.14 kg per bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCollars per bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30 at 100mm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount the joints, then multiply by the length round each joint plus a small overlap. Wrapping two 12mm scrolls needs about 80mm, a bar with a scroll each side about 110mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right strip?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA three-rib collar, 16 x 3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA grooved collar, 14 x 4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-grooved-collar-strip-14-x-4mm\"\u003eGrooved collar strip, 2 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smooth rounded collar, 16 x 3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-shaped-collar-strip-16-x-3mm\"\u003eShaped collar strip, 2 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-bent rippled collars, no cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clearance-collar-clip-14x3mm-pack-of-100\"\u003eRippled U collar clips, bag of 100\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut a length, bend it into a U round the joint with pliers or over a former, then close the ends tight with a hammer so the collar grips. A small tack weld at the back will lock it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint with the rest of the ironwork. It can be galvanised with the finished panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one 3 metre bar, with a minimum order of 5 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be bent cold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for most collars. For very tight bends, warm it first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich face goes outwards?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ribbed face goes outwards, so the collar shows three bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more bars online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57501438017923,"sku":"SSHF-443651-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/rippled-collar-strip-16x3-scroll-joint.jpg?v=1794052632"},{"product_id":"premium-shaped-collar-strip-16-x-3mm","title":"Shaped Collar Strip 16 x 3mm, 2 Metre Steel Bar with Rounded Face for Scroll Collars","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth, rounded collars for scroll joints.\u003c\/strong\u003e This steel collar strip is 16mm wide and 3mm thick, with a gently domed face, and comes in a 2 metre bar. Cut a short length, bend it round the point where scrolls and bars meet, and close it tight to bind the joint with a soft, rounded collar. The price shown is for one 2 metre bar, with a minimum order of 5 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/shaped-collar-strip-16x3-profile-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Profile drawing of the shaped collar strip: 16mm wide, 3mm thick, rounded face, 2 metre bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this strip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA softer, classic look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The domed face gives each collar a smooth, rounded band, ideal for Georgian and Regency style scrollwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe traditional way to join scrolls.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wrapped collar holds the scrolls together and hides the weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to bend.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 3mm thick it bends round tight joints easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty in a bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 100mm per collar, one 2 metre bar makes around 20 collars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScroll panels in gates, railings, balustrades, Juliet balconies, garden furniture and fire screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 metre bar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm wide x 3mm thick, rounded face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.97 kg per bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCollars per bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20 at 100mm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount the joints, then multiply by the length round each joint plus a small overlap. Wrapping two 12mm scrolls needs about 80mm, a bar with a scroll each side about 110mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right strip?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smooth rounded collar, 16 x 3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA grooved collar, 14 x 4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-grooved-collar-strip-14-x-4mm\"\u003eGrooved collar strip, 2 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA three-rib collar, 16 x 3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3m-rippled-collar-strip\"\u003eRippled collar strip, 3 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-bent collars, no cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clearance-collar-clip-14x3mm-pack-of-100\"\u003eRippled U collar clips, bag of 100\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut a length, bend it into a U round the joint with pliers or over a former, then close the ends tight with a hammer so the collar grips. A small tack weld at the back will lock it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint with the rest of the ironwork. It can be galvanised with the finished panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one 2 metre bar, with a minimum order of 5 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be bent cold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for most collars. For very tight bends, warm it first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich face goes outwards?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rounded face goes outwards, so the collar shows a smooth domed band.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more bars online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489962467715,"sku":"SSHF-509187-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/shaped-collar-strip-16x3-scroll-joint.jpg?v=1794052630"},{"product_id":"premium-grooved-collar-strip-14-x-4mm","title":"Grooved Collar Strip 14 x 4mm, 2 Metre Steel Bar for Forming Scroll Collars","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your own traditional collars at every scroll joint.\u003c\/strong\u003e This steel collar strip is 14mm wide and 4mm thick, with a groove running down the middle of its face, and comes in a 2 metre bar. Cut a short length, bend it round the point where scrolls and bars meet, and close it tight to bind the joint with a neat, period collar. The price shown is for one 2 metre bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/grooved-collar-strip-14x4-profile-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Profile drawing of the grooved collar strip: 14mm wide, 4mm thick, 2 metre bar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this strip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe traditional way to join scrolls.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wrapped collar holds scrolls together and hides the weld, just as a blacksmith would make it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrooved face.\u003c\/strong\u003e The central groove gives each collar a crisp double-line look that shows up well once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to measure.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut each collar to suit the joint, from two slim scrolls to a bar with scrolls on both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty in a bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 100mm per collar, one 2 metre bar makes around 20 collars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScroll panels in gates, railings, balustrades, Juliet balconies and fire screens, wherever scrolls touch each other or a bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 metre bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm wide x 4mm thick, grooved face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.62 kg per bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCollars per bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20 at 100mm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount the joints, then multiply by the length round each joint plus a small overlap. Wrapping two 12mm scrolls needs about 80mm, a bar with a scroll each side about 110mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right strip?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA grooved collar, 14 x 4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smooth rounded collar, 16 x 3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-shaped-collar-strip-16-x-3mm\"\u003eShaped collar strip, 2 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA three-rib collar, 16 x 3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3m-rippled-collar-strip\"\u003eRippled collar strip, 3 metre bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-bent collars, no cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clearance-collar-clip-14x3mm-pack-of-100\"\u003eRippled U collar clips, bag of 100\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut a length, bend it into a U round the joint with pliers or over a former, then close the ends tight with a hammer so the collar grips. Heat helps on tight bends. A small tack weld at the back will lock it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint with the rest of the ironwork. It can be galvanised with the finished panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one 2 metre bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be bent cold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for most collars. For very tight bends, warm it first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo you sell it cut to length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is sold in full 2 metre bars. Call us if you need a larger quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489919279491,"sku":"SSHF-902403-01","price":23.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/grooved-collar-strip-14x4-scroll-joint.jpg?v=1794052627"},{"product_id":"premium-tubular-collar-30mm-x-65mm","title":"Short Three Bead Tubular Collar for 12mm Round Bar, 30 x 65mm Pressed Steel, 12.5mm Hole","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact bobbin for 12mm round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This hollow pressed steel collar is 65mm long: one fat round bulb in the middle, 30mm across, with a smaller bead at each end and a 17mm stub beyond. A 12.5mm round hole slides over 12mm round bar, so a row of them at one height gives fences, gates and balustrades a neat band of detail. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/short-three-bead-tubular-collar-30x65-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the short three bead tubular collar: 65mm long, 30mm centre bulb, 17mm ends, 12.5mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe shortest and lowest priced in the tubular range.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 65mm it adds detail to short panels and low fences where a long collar would crowd the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is pressed from steel sheet, so it weighs only 0.07 kg and welds to the bar just like the rest of your steelwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12.5mm round hole sits centred on 12mm round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw steel finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow front fences, small garden gates, window guards and balustrades made from 12mm round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, hollow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm at the centre bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCentre bulb, smaller bead at each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of fence or gate in 12mm round bar at 110mm centres has about 9 bars, so 10 collars covers about a metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA short bobbin, 65mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree equal bulbs, 100mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tubular-collar-30-x-100mm\"\u003eTriple bulb tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFive beads, 120mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-tubular-collar-30-x-120mm\"\u003eFive bead tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA barrel, 105mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-tubular-collar-30-x-105mm\"\u003eBarrel tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA long barrel, 150mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tubular-collar-30-x-150mm\"\u003eLong barrel tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA cast, patterned collar on 12mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-collar-65mm-x-34mm\"\u003eTulip leaf collar, 34 x 65mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm round bar to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-round-bar-12mm-diameter\"\u003e12mm mild steel round bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a small MIG weld at each end, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as air trapped inside the hollow shell can make it split in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it solid?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a hollow pressed steel shell, which keeps it light and easy to weld. For a solid cast collar, see the tulip leaf collar above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 12mm square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A 12mm square bar measures about 17mm across the corners, so it will not pass through the 12.5mm round hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489815241091,"sku":"SSHF-935171-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/short-three-bead-tubular-collar-12mm-round-bar-fence.jpg?v=1794047263"},{"product_id":"premium-ornate-collar-140-x-45mm","title":"Ornate Fluted Collar for 16mm Square Bar, 45 x 140mm Cast with Square Plate, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA classic ornate collar for 16mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 140mm tall: a fluted urn on top, 42mm across, and a fluted urn below, joined by stepped rings and a flat square plate 45mm across, finishing on a 29mm foot. An 18mm square hole slides over 16mm square bar, so a row of them at one height gives staircases, railings and gates a rich period band. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-fluted-collar-45x140-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the ornate fluted collar: 140mm tall, 45mm square plate, 42mm top urn, 29mm foot, 18mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen on real railings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Our photos show it fitted on front railings, so you can judge the look at full scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeep cast detail.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two fluted urns, stepped rings and a square plate catch the light from every side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill not turn on the bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square hole keeps every collar facing the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStaircase balustrades, front railings, garden and driveway gates made from 16mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm square plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop urn and foot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm and 29mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of railing in 16mm square bar at 115mm centres has about 9 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA fluted ornate collar on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe larger version on 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-65mm-x-190mm\"\u003eGrand ornate collar, 186mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same style on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-135-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 130mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA leaf pattern collar on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-128mm-x-44mm\"\u003eOrnate leaf collar, 125mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA plain round knuckle on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-43-x-68mm\"\u003eRound knuckle collar, 43 x 68mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm square bar to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-square-bar-16mm-x-16mm\"\u003e16mm mild steel square bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line with the plate square to the run, then hold it with a tack weld at the top and bottom edge, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar: castings like this have been known to blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it will turn and sit loose in the corners of the square hole. Choose a collar with a round hole for round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489754259843,"sku":"SSHF-688835-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-fluted-collar-16mm-square-bar-staircase.jpg?v=1794048319"},{"product_id":"industrial-collar-63-x-37mm-1","title":"Round Cast Knuckle Collar for 12mm Round Bar, 37 x 63mm, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA classic turned knuckle for slim 12mm round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 63mm tall and 37mm across at its widest: a full rounded bead in the middle, shaped waists above and below, and a 27mm ringed bead at each end. A 13mm round hole through the middle slides over 12mm round bar, so a row of them at one height gives balustrades, railings and small gates a neat band of turned detail. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-knuckle-collar-37x63-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the round knuckle collar: 63mm tall, 37mm widest, 27mm ends, 13mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 13mm round hole slides over 12mm round bar with a little clearance and sits centred on it, which a square-hole collar cannot do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStands out on a slim bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 37mm across on a 12mm bar, it reads clearly from across a room or a garden, so one band is enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFine ringed detail.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thin ring at each end beside the end beads gives a crisper, more finished look than a plain knuckle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStaircase balustrades, low garden and planter railings, Juliet balconies and small gates made in 12mm round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd beads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.21 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band, or two per bar for a pair. A metre of balustrade or railing in 12mm bar at 110mm centres has about 9 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round knuckle on 12mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA similar knuckle for 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-60-x-37mm\"\u003eRound knuckle collar, 37 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA slimmer collar for 12mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-collar-65mm-x-34mm\"\u003eCollar 65 x 34mm, 12.5mm round hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA long leaf sleeve for 12mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-118mm-x-33mm-1\"\u003eLeaf sleeve collar, 12.5mm round hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round knuckle for 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40x65mm\"\u003eRound cast collar, 38 x 68mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a small tack weld at the top and bottom edge, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 12mm square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A 12mm square bar measures about 17mm across the corners, so it will not pass through a 13mm round hole. Choose a collar with a square hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58028101370243,"sku":"SSHF-508035-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/round-knuckle-collar-12mm-round-bar-garden-railing.jpg?v=1794013782"},{"product_id":"premium-ornate-collar-65mm-x-190mm","title":"Grand Ornate Collar for 20mm Square Bar, 58 x 186mm Cast Fluted Urns, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe statement collar for heavy 20mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This large cast collar stands 186mm tall: a fluted urn on top, 52mm across, and a fluted urn below, joined by stepped rings and a flat square plate 58mm across, finishing on a 34mm foot. A 21mm square hole slides over 20mm square bar, so a row of them at one height turns estate gates and grand railings into a showpiece. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/grand-ornate-collar-58x186-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the grand ornate collar: 186mm tall, 58mm square plate, 52mm top urn, 34mm foot, 21mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe largest collar in the range.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 186mm tall and 1.15 kg, it holds its own on heavy 20mm bar, where a small collar would look lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeep cast detail.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluted urns, stepped rings and a square plate give strong shadows that read from the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill not turn on the bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 21mm square hole fits 20mm square bar closely, so every collar stays facing the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstate and driveway gates, grand front railings, church and park gates made from 20mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e186mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58mm square plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop urn and foot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52mm and 34mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 x 20mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.15 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of gate in 20mm square bar at 125mm centres has about 8 bars. Many designs use them on every other bar, which halves the count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA grand fluted collar on 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same style on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-140-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 140mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same style on 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornate-collar-135-x-45mm\"\u003eOrnate fluted collar, 130mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA simpler square knuckle on 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40mm-x-70mm\"\u003eSquare knuckle collar, 44 x 65mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA low square base on 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-50x50mm\"\u003eLow square base collar, 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA point to finish the bar top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-railhead-130mm-height\"\u003eGrooved pike railhead for 20mm square bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level line across the bars, slide each collar to the line with the plate square to the gate, then hold it with a tack weld at the top and bottom edge, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar: castings like this have been known to blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on but sit loose with a 5mm gap. For 16mm bar, choose the 140mm ornate fluted collar above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489706221955,"sku":"SSHF-737411-01","price":10.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/grand-ornate-collar-20mm-square-bar-estate-gates.jpg?v=1794048317"},{"product_id":"premium-tubular-collar-40-x-120mm","title":"Barrel Tubular Collar for 16mm Round Bar, 41 x 125mm Pressed Steel, 16mm Hole","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bold barrel for 16mm round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This hollow pressed steel collar is 125mm long: a 70mm barrel that swells to 40mm across, with a rounded bead at each end and a 22mm stub beyond. A 16mm round hole slides over 16mm round bar, so a row of them at one height gives driveway gates and front railings a clean, turned look. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/barrel-tubular-collar-41x125-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the barrel tubular collar: 125mm long, 70mm barrel, 41mm across, 22mm ends, 16mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for heavier bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 41mm across it stays in proportion on 16mm round bar, where the 30mm tubular collars would look small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is pressed from steel sheet, so it weighs only 0.21 kg and welds to the bar just like the rest of your steelwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean and modern.\u003c\/strong\u003e One smooth barrel and two beads, with no cast texture, suits contemporary and period gates alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw steel finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and side gates, front railings and balustrades made from 16mm round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, hollow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm barrel, a bead at each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.21 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of gate or railing in 16mm round bar at 115mm centres has about 9 bars, so 10 collars covers just over a metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smooth barrel on 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smaller barrel on 12mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-tubular-collar-30-x-105mm\"\u003eBarrel tubular collar, 105mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn ornate cast sleeve on 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-120mm-x-36mm\"\u003eOrnate leaf sleeve collar, 120mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA small cast tulip on 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-65-x-34mm\"\u003eTulip leaf collar, 34 x 65mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA plain round knuckle on 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-60-x-37mm\"\u003eRound knuckle collar, 37 x 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm round bar to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-round-bar-16mm\"\u003e16mm mild steel round bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a small MIG weld at each end, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as air trapped inside the hollow shell can make it split in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it solid?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a hollow pressed steel shell, which keeps it light and easy to weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 16mm square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A 16mm square bar measures about 22mm across the corners, so it will not pass through the 16mm round hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489568661891,"sku":"SSHF-065091-01","price":5.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/barrel-tubular-collar-16mm-round-bar-driveway-gates.jpg?v=1794048315"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-69-x-51mm","title":"Large Bell Foot Collar for 25mm Round Bar or 26.9mm Tube, 69 x 51mm Cast","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy cast foot for thick round bar and small tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e This collar is shaped like the foot of a turned baluster: a wide rounded base 69mm across, a shaped waist, a 59mm bead and a flat top 48mm across, 51mm tall overall. The round hole, 25.5mm nominal and about 28mm on the casting, slides over 25mm round bar and also over 26.9mm (3\/4 inch) tube, so every post or bar can stand on a proper cast base. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/large-bell-foot-collar-69x51-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the large bell foot collar: 51mm tall, 69mm base, 48mm top, 28mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Its wide base covers the core hole, grout or weld where a bar or tube meets the ground or rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits bar and tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 28mm hole takes 25mm round bar and 26.9mm tube, the common size for small handrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy and stable.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.76 kg it sits firmly at the foot of a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the foot of heavy railing posts and bollard-style posts set into paving, at the base of handrail standards in 26.9mm tube, and at the foot of heavy gate bars on a bottom rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpper bead and top\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59mm and 48mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5mm nominal, about 28mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm round bar or 26.9mm tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.76 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld, bond or bed in mastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per post or bar. A run of posts at 1 metre centres needs one per metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA large foot on 25mm bar or 26.9mm tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA large knuckle part way up 25mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-75-x-66mm\"\u003eLarge round knuckle collar, 66 x 75mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA foot on 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-40x40mm\"\u003eBell foot collar, 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA foot on 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-44-x-38mm\"\u003eBell foot collar, 49 x 48mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar onto the bar or tube, wide end down, before the top is fixed. Set the post, then drop the collar to the ground or rail and bed it in a little exterior mastic, or hold it with a small tack weld at the top edge on a steel rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 5. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 33.7mm tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 33.7mm tube is wider than the hole. It suits 25mm bar and 26.9mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWide end down, so the rounded base sits on the ground or rail like the foot of a baluster.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489480024451,"sku":"SSHF-294467-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/large-bell-foot-collar-25mm-round-posts.jpg?v=1794016203"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-tubular-collar-30-x-105mm","title":"Barrel Tubular Collar for 12mm Round Bar, 30 x 105mm Pressed Steel, 12.5mm Hole","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA simple barrel for 12mm round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This hollow pressed steel collar is 105mm long: a 70mm barrel that swells gently to 30mm across, with one 14mm bead at each end and a 17mm stub beyond. A 12.5mm round hole slides over 12mm round bar, so a row of them at one height gives railings, gates and balustrades a neat, understated band. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/barrel-tubular-collar-30x105-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the barrel tubular collar: 105mm long, 70mm barrel, 30mm across, 12.5mm round hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean and understated.\u003c\/strong\u003e One smooth barrel and two small beads give detail without fuss, which suits modern and period work alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is pressed from steel sheet, so it weighs only 0.11 kg and welds to the bar just like the rest of your steelwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for round bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12.5mm round hole sits centred on 12mm round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw steel finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRailings, light well and basement guards, gates and landing balustrades made from 12mm round bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressed steel, hollow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm barrel, one 14mm bead at each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.11 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band. A metre of railing in 12mm round bar at 110mm centres has about 9 bars, so 10 collars covers about a metre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA barrel, 105mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA longer barrel, 150mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tubular-collar-30-x-150mm\"\u003eLong barrel tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree equal bulbs, 100mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tubular-collar-30-x-100mm\"\u003eTriple bulb tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFive beads, 120mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-tubular-collar-30-x-120mm\"\u003eFive bead tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA short bobbin, 65mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tubular-collar-30mm-x-65mm\"\u003eShort three bead tubular collar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA cast, patterned collar on 12mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-collar-65mm-x-34mm\"\u003eTulip leaf collar, 34 x 65mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm round bar to fit them on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mild-steel-round-bar-12mm-diameter\"\u003e12mm mild steel round bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level or raked line across the bars, slide each collar to the line, then hold it with a small MIG weld at each end, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as air trapped inside the hollow shell can make it split in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it solid?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a hollow pressed steel shell, which keeps it light and easy to weld. For a solid cast collar, see the tulip leaf collar above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 12mm square bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A 12mm square bar measures about 17mm across the corners, so it will not pass through the 12.5mm round hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to bars that are already welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It has to go on before the bar is fixed at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489400496515,"sku":"SSHF-785987-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/barrel-tubular-collar-12mm-round-bar-light-well-railings.jpg?v=1794047262"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-40mm-x-70mm","title":"Square Cast Knuckle Collar for 20mm Square Bar, 44 x 65mm, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bold square knuckle for heavy 20mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cast collar is 65mm tall and 44 x 44mm at its widest: a wide square band in the middle, shaped waists above and below, a 37mm band near each end and a 31mm square lip at the top. A square hole through the middle slides over 20mm square bar, so a row of them at one height gives heavy driveway gates and security railings a crisp band of detail. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-knuckle-collar-44x65-20mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square knuckle collar: 65mm tall, 44mm square, 31mm top, 37mm lower band, 21mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn scale with 20mm bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 44mm across it holds its own on heavy bar, where a smaller collar would look lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare to match square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e Its flat faces line up with the faces of the bar for a crisp, deliberate band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 20mm bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square hole, 20.5mm nominal and about 21mm on the casting, slides over 20mm square bar and cannot turn once it is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish. Some batches have small casting edges; give them a quick pass with a file before priming for a clean line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy driveway and estate gates, security and boundary railings, and heavy balustrades made in 20mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidest point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 x 44mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop lip and lower band\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31mm and 37mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5mm to 21mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 x 20mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.32 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar for a single band, or two per bar for a pair. A metre of gate or railing in 20mm bar at 120mm centres has about 8 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square knuckle on 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same knuckle for 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-40mm-x-70mm\"\u003eSquare knuckle collar, 41 x 70mm for 16mm bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same knuckle for 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-heavy-duty-collar-40mm-x-70mm\"\u003eSquare knuckle collar, 41 x 70mm for 12mm bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square spool collar for 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-49mm-x-45mm\"\u003eSquare spool collar, 49 x 45mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA low square base for 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-50x50mm\"\u003eLow square base collar, 50 x 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the collars onto the bars before the bars are fixed at both ends. Mark a level line across the bars, slide each collar to the line with its faces square to the bar, then hold it with a small tack weld at the top and bottom edge, or a metal adhesive if you are not welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow tall is it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003e65mm on the casting. You may see it described elsewhere as a 70mm collar; allow for that when setting out a band.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 20mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it will turn and sit loose in the corners of the square hole. For round bar, choose a collar with a round hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489323655555,"sku":"SSHF-277507-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-knuckle-collar-20mm-bar-driveway-gates.jpg?v=1794016515"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-60-x-60mm","title":"Square Base Collar for 30mm Square Post, 60 x 60mm Low Stepped Cover, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat cover for the foot of a 30mm square post.\u003c\/strong\u003e This low base collar is 60mm square and only about 15mm tall, with stepped, sloping faces like a small square pyramid with the top cut off. A 30mm square hole slides down over a 30mm square post or bar and sits flat on the floor, step or wall, hiding the weld or fixing at the base. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-base-collar-60x60-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square base collar: 60 x 60mm, about 15mm tall, 30mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides untidy fixings.\u003c\/strong\u003e It covers the weld, fixing plate edge or resin around the foot of a post, giving a clean, finished line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for heavier posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 30mm square hole suits the 30mm square posts used at the ends and corners of railings and balustrades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 15mm tall it sits close to the surface, so it does not catch feet or mowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe feet of balustrade and railing posts on stone steps, patios, decking edges, wall copings and stair treads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne base collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 15mm, measured from our photos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30mm square post or bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.08 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide down, then tack weld or bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post. Count every post that needs a neat foot, and order at least 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA base for a 30mm square post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA base for 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-50x50mm\"\u003eLow square base collar, 20mm bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA base for 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-collar-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare base collar, 16mm bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-box-section-collar-40-x-40mm\"\u003eBox section collar, 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar down the post before the top is fixed, or before a cap or handrail goes on. Let it sit flat on the surface, then hold it with a small tack weld or a metal adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one base collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 30mm round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide over, but it will not grip the round tube and can turn. It is made for square posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the post is in place?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the top of the post is still free. It has to slide down from the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489270505859,"sku":"SSHF-343043-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-base-collar-30mm-post-patio.jpg?v=1794049452"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-50x50mm","title":"Low Square Base Collar for 20mm Square Bar, 50 x 50mm Cast, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat square cover for the foot of 20mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e This low cast collar is 50 x 50mm and only about 14mm tall, with stepped, sloping faces rising to a square hole in the middle. The 20.5mm square hole slides down over 20mm square bar, and the collar sits flat on the coping, tread, floor or rail, covering the rough hole or weld where the bar goes in. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/low-square-base-collar-50x50-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the low square base collar: 50 x 50mm, about 14mm tall, 20.5mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the messy part.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where bars are leaded or resined into stone, set into timber treads or welded to a rail, the collar covers the hole and any filler for a clean finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow and square.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 14mm tall it sits almost flush, and its square shape lines up with the faces of the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 20mm bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 20.5mm square hole slides over 20mm square bar with a little clearance and cannot turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish and takes the same primer and paint as the rest of the ironwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the foot of railing bars set into wall copings and steps, at the foot of balusters set into stair treads or floors, and at the base of bars on a flat rail, in 20mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 14mm, measured from our photos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 x 20mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.07 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide on, then bond, tack weld or bed in mastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar per bar. A metre of railing in 20mm bar at 120mm centres has about 8 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA low square base for 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same base for 16mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-collar-50-x-50mm\"\u003eSquare collar 50 x 50mm, 16mm square hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA low square base for 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40x40mm\"\u003eCast square collar, 40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA larger base for 30mm square bar or tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-60-x-60mm\"\u003eCollar 60 x 60mm, 30mm square hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square knuckle part way up 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40mm-x-70mm\"\u003eCollar 40 x 70mm, 20.5mm square hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar onto the bar before the bar is fixed at its top end, then set the bar in place and drop the collar down onto the surface. Bed it in a little exterior mastic or metal adhesive on stone and timber, or hold it with a small tack weld on a steel rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the rest of the ironwork. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to a bar that is already fixed at both ends?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a solid casting, so it has to go onto the bar before both ends are fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 20mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but it can turn and will sit loose in the corners of the square hole. For round bar, choose a collar with a round hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489231249795,"sku":"SSHF-162243-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/low-square-base-collar-20mm-bar-wall-coping.jpg?v=1794014630"},{"product_id":"premium-collar-40x40mm","title":"Cast Square Collar for 12mm Square Bar, 40 x 40mm Low Profile, Raw Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe neat way to finish where a bar meets a rail or a step.\u003c\/strong\u003e This low cast collar is 40mm square and about 13mm tall, with a 12.5mm square hole that slides over 12mm square bar. Sitting flat at the foot of a baluster or picket, its stepped edge covers the weld or fixing and gives every bar a crisp, finished base. The price shown is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/collar-40x40-square-hole-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square collar: 40mm square, about 13mm tall, 12.5mm square hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this collar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHides the join.\u003c\/strong\u003e Welds and screw fixings at the foot of a bar are rarely tidy. The collar sits over them, so the bar looks as if it grows out of the rail or step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow and square.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 13mm tall it keeps a slim, modern line, and its square shape follows the square bar instead of fighting it. The stepped edge catches the light and adds a little detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 12mm square bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12.5mm square hole leaves about 0.5mm of clearance, enough to slide on easily while still sitting snug and square to the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a raw cast finish, so you can paint it with the rest of the balustrade or railing in one colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the foot of metal balusters on staircases and landings, where pickets meet the bottom rail of front railings and gates, under the top rail as a matching cap, and on balcony and Juliet balcony infills made from 12mm square bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne collar, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 13mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.06 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide over the bar, then tack, glue or let paint hold it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount one collar for each bar if you fit them at the foot only, or two per bar to fit them at the top as well. A metre of railing or balustrade at 110mm centres has about 9 or 10 bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right collar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA low square collar for 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA taller, shaped collar for 12mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-40-x-38mm\"\u003eCast baluster collar, 38mm square x 40mm tall\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 20mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-collar-50x50mm\"\u003eCollar 50 x 50mm, 20.5mm square hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA collar for 16mm round bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-collar-40x40mm\"\u003eCollar 40 x 40mm, 16.5mm round hole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm square pickets to go with it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/12mm-square-hammered-bar-picket-double-basket\"\u003e12mm hammered bar picket with double basket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the collar onto the bar before you fix the bar in place, flat face down. Push it down onto the rail or tread once the bar is fixed. On metal rails, a small tack weld or a dab of metal adhesive under one corner stops it turning. On stairs, a bead of construction adhesive holds it to the tread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire brush and degrease, then prime with a metal primer and paint to match the balustrade. We do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this collar, as cast parts can blister or crack in the zinc bath. Use a zinc-rich primer instead if you want extra protection outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one collar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is for one collar, with a minimum order of 10. For a larger job, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 12mm round bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will slide on, but a round bar leaves gaps at the corners of the square hole. For round bar, choose a collar with a round hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it after the bars are welded in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The collar is a solid casting with a closed hole, so it must go on the bar before both ends are fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe do not recommend hot-dip galvanising for this part. Prime and paint it, or use a zinc-rich primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit on a sloping stair string?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt sits best on a flat surface such as a tread or a level rail. On a sloping rail it will tilt with the slope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57489218634115,"sku":"SSHF-457155-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/collar-40x40-square-hole-front-railing.jpg?v=1794009576"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/iron-hardware-collars.oembed","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}